| 1 | /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, |
| 3 | 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 10 | any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to |
| 19 | the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, |
| 20 | Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | #include <config.h> |
| 23 | #include <signal.h> |
| 24 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 25 | #include <stdlib.h> |
| 26 | #include "lisp.h" |
| 27 | #include "charset.h" |
| 28 | #include "blockinput.h" |
| 29 | |
| 30 | #include "w32heap.h" |
| 31 | #include "w32term.h" |
| 32 | #include "w32bdf.h" |
| 33 | #include <shellapi.h> |
| 34 | |
| 35 | #include "systty.h" |
| 36 | #include "systime.h" |
| 37 | #include "atimer.h" |
| 38 | #include "keymap.h" |
| 39 | |
| 40 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 41 | #include <errno.h> |
| 42 | #include <setjmp.h> |
| 43 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 44 | |
| 45 | #include "keyboard.h" |
| 46 | #include "frame.h" |
| 47 | #include "dispextern.h" |
| 48 | #include "fontset.h" |
| 49 | #include "termhooks.h" |
| 50 | #include "termopts.h" |
| 51 | #include "termchar.h" |
| 52 | #include "gnu.h" |
| 53 | #include "disptab.h" |
| 54 | #include "buffer.h" |
| 55 | #include "window.h" |
| 56 | #include "intervals.h" |
| 57 | #include "composite.h" |
| 58 | #include "coding.h" |
| 59 | |
| 60 | #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x)) |
| 61 | |
| 62 | \f |
| 63 | /* Fringe bitmaps. */ |
| 64 | |
| 65 | static int max_fringe_bmp = 0; |
| 66 | static HBITMAP *fringe_bmp = 0; |
| 67 | |
| 68 | /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */ |
| 69 | |
| 70 | Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars; |
| 71 | |
| 72 | /* Temporary variables for w32_read_socket. */ |
| 73 | |
| 74 | static int last_mousemove_x = 0; |
| 75 | static int last_mousemove_y = 0; |
| 76 | |
| 77 | /* Define GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM macro if system headers don't. */ |
| 78 | #ifndef GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM |
| 79 | #define GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wparam) ((short)HIWORD (wparam)) |
| 80 | #endif |
| 81 | |
| 82 | /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs |
| 83 | start. */ |
| 84 | |
| 85 | static int any_help_event_p; |
| 86 | |
| 87 | /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */ |
| 88 | static Lisp_Object last_window; |
| 89 | |
| 90 | /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. |
| 91 | (Not yet supported, see TODO in x_draw_glyph_string.) */ |
| 92 | int x_use_underline_position_properties; |
| 93 | |
| 94 | extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel; |
| 95 | |
| 96 | extern void free_frame_menubar (); |
| 97 | |
| 98 | extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname); |
| 99 | extern Cursor w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name); |
| 100 | |
| 101 | extern glyph_metric *w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont *fontp, |
| 102 | unsigned char *text, int dim); |
| 103 | extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; |
| 104 | |
| 105 | #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 106 | #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 107 | |
| 108 | \f |
| 109 | /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */ |
| 110 | struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info; |
| 111 | struct w32_display_info *x_display_list; |
| 112 | |
| 113 | /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE), |
| 114 | one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order. |
| 115 | NAME is the name of the frame. |
| 116 | FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ |
| 117 | Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list; |
| 118 | |
| 119 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
| 120 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the |
| 121 | w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update. |
| 122 | In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()' |
| 123 | is the frame to apply to. */ |
| 124 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
| 125 | |
| 126 | /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */ |
| 127 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; |
| 128 | |
| 129 | /* The handle of the frame that currently owns the system caret. */ |
| 130 | HWND w32_system_caret_hwnd; |
| 131 | int w32_system_caret_height; |
| 132 | int w32_system_caret_x; |
| 133 | int w32_system_caret_y; |
| 134 | int w32_use_visible_system_caret; |
| 135 | |
| 136 | /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs |
| 137 | like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support |
| 138 | for Far East languages. */ |
| 139 | int w32_enable_unicode_output; |
| 140 | |
| 141 | /* Flag to enable Cleartype hack for font metrics. */ |
| 142 | static int cleartype_active; |
| 143 | |
| 144 | DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0; |
| 145 | HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL; |
| 146 | DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0; |
| 147 | HANDLE hMainThread = NULL; |
| 148 | |
| 149 | #ifndef SIF_ALL |
| 150 | /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */ |
| 151 | #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001 |
| 152 | #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002 |
| 153 | #define SIF_POS 0x0004 |
| 154 | #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008 |
| 155 | #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010 |
| 156 | #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS) |
| 157 | |
| 158 | typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO |
| 159 | { |
| 160 | UINT cbSize; |
| 161 | UINT fMask; |
| 162 | int nMin; |
| 163 | int nMax; |
| 164 | UINT nPage; |
| 165 | int nPos; |
| 166 | int nTrackPos; |
| 167 | } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO; |
| 168 | typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO; |
| 169 | #endif /* SIF_ALL */ |
| 170 | |
| 171 | /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */ |
| 172 | int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw); |
| 173 | BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi); |
| 174 | |
| 175 | int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle; |
| 176 | int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border; |
| 177 | int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border; |
| 178 | |
| 179 | int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos; |
| 180 | |
| 181 | /* Mouse movement. */ |
| 182 | |
| 183 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ |
| 184 | |
| 185 | static RECT last_mouse_glyph; |
| 186 | static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame; |
| 187 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame; |
| 188 | |
| 189 | int w32_num_mouse_buttons; |
| 190 | |
| 191 | Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons; |
| 192 | |
| 193 | /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */ |
| 194 | Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise; |
| 195 | |
| 196 | /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */ |
| 197 | Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock; |
| 198 | |
| 199 | /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */ |
| 200 | Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr; |
| 201 | |
| 202 | /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred. |
| 203 | |
| 204 | If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this |
| 205 | so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or |
| 206 | an ordinary motion. |
| 207 | |
| 208 | If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this |
| 209 | to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ |
| 210 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; |
| 211 | static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos; |
| 212 | |
| 213 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would |
| 214 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there |
| 215 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server |
| 216 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time |
| 217 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that |
| 218 | it's somewhat accurate. */ |
| 219 | |
| 220 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 221 | |
| 222 | /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read |
| 223 | events. */ |
| 224 | |
| 225 | #ifdef __STDC__ |
| 226 | static int volatile input_signal_count; |
| 227 | #else |
| 228 | static int input_signal_count; |
| 229 | #endif |
| 230 | |
| 231 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
| 232 | |
| 233 | #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
| 234 | extern int errno; |
| 235 | #endif |
| 236 | |
| 237 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
| 238 | |
| 239 | extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
| 240 | |
| 241 | static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 242 | void w32_delete_display P_ ((struct w32_display_info *)); |
| 243 | static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *, |
| 244 | struct input_event *)); |
| 245 | void w32_define_cursor P_ ((Window, Cursor)); |
| 246 | |
| 247 | void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 248 | void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 249 | void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int)); |
| 250 | void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 251 | void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); |
| 252 | void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 253 | void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 254 | void w32_initialize P_ ((void)); |
| 255 | static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *)); |
| 256 | int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 257 | static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 258 | static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 259 | static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 260 | static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 261 | static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void)); |
| 262 | static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 263 | static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 264 | static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *, |
| 265 | struct frame *)); |
| 266 | static void x_focus_changed P_ ((int, int, struct w32_display_info *, |
| 267 | struct frame *, struct input_event *)); |
| 268 | static void w32_detect_focus_change P_ ((struct w32_display_info *, |
| 269 | W32Msg *, struct input_event *)); |
| 270 | static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 271 | static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *)); |
| 272 | static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 273 | static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int, |
| 274 | enum text_cursor_kinds)); |
| 275 | static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int, HDC)); |
| 276 | static BOOL my_show_window P_ ((struct frame *, HWND, int)); |
| 277 | static void my_set_window_pos P_ ((HWND, HWND, int, int, int, int, UINT)); |
| 278 | static void my_set_focus P_ ((struct frame *, HWND)); |
| 279 | static void my_set_foreground_window P_ ((HWND)); |
| 280 | static void my_destroy_window P_ ((struct frame *, HWND)); |
| 281 | |
| 282 | static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; |
| 283 | |
| 284 | \f |
| 285 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 286 | Debugging |
| 287 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 288 | |
| 289 | #if 0 |
| 290 | |
| 291 | /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about |
| 292 | the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ |
| 293 | |
| 294 | struct record |
| 295 | { |
| 296 | char *locus; |
| 297 | int type; |
| 298 | }; |
| 299 | |
| 300 | struct record event_record[100]; |
| 301 | |
| 302 | int event_record_index; |
| 303 | |
| 304 | record_event (locus, type) |
| 305 | char *locus; |
| 306 | int type; |
| 307 | { |
| 308 | if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record)) |
| 309 | event_record_index = 0; |
| 310 | |
| 311 | event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus; |
| 312 | event_record[event_record_index].type = type; |
| 313 | event_record_index++; |
| 314 | } |
| 315 | |
| 316 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 317 | \f |
| 318 | |
| 319 | void |
| 320 | XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask, |
| 321 | XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 322 | { |
| 323 | if (mask & GCForeground) |
| 324 | gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground; |
| 325 | if (mask & GCBackground) |
| 326 | gc->background = xgcv->background; |
| 327 | if (mask & GCFont) |
| 328 | gc->font = xgcv->font; |
| 329 | } |
| 330 | |
| 331 | XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask, |
| 332 | XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 333 | { |
| 334 | XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues)); |
| 335 | bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues)); |
| 336 | |
| 337 | XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv); |
| 338 | |
| 339 | return gc; |
| 340 | } |
| 341 | |
| 342 | void |
| 343 | XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc, |
| 344 | unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 345 | { |
| 346 | XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc); |
| 347 | } |
| 348 | |
| 349 | static void |
| 350 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect) |
| 351 | { |
| 352 | if (rect) |
| 353 | { |
| 354 | HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect); |
| 355 | SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region); |
| 356 | DeleteObject (clip_region); |
| 357 | } |
| 358 | else |
| 359 | SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL); |
| 360 | } |
| 361 | |
| 362 | |
| 363 | /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */ |
| 364 | void |
| 365 | w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y, |
| 366 | int width, int height) |
| 367 | { |
| 368 | HBRUSH hb, oldhb; |
| 369 | HPEN hp, oldhp; |
| 370 | |
| 371 | hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background); |
| 372 | hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground); |
| 373 | oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb); |
| 374 | oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp); |
| 375 | |
| 376 | Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height); |
| 377 | |
| 378 | SelectObject (hdc, oldhb); |
| 379 | SelectObject (hdc, oldhp); |
| 380 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 381 | DeleteObject (hp); |
| 382 | } |
| 383 | |
| 384 | /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */ |
| 385 | void |
| 386 | w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect) |
| 387 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 388 | HDC hdc; |
| 389 | COLORREF pix; |
| 390 | RECT * lprect; |
| 391 | { |
| 392 | HBRUSH hb; |
| 393 | |
| 394 | hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix); |
| 395 | FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb); |
| 396 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 397 | } |
| 398 | |
| 399 | void |
| 400 | w32_clear_window (f) |
| 401 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 402 | { |
| 403 | RECT rect; |
| 404 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 405 | |
| 406 | /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with |
| 407 | a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC |
| 408 | of 0 indicates this. */ |
| 409 | if (hdc) |
| 410 | { |
| 411 | GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect); |
| 412 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect); |
| 413 | } |
| 414 | |
| 415 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 416 | } |
| 417 | |
| 418 | \f |
| 419 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 420 | Starting and ending an update |
| 421 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 422 | |
| 423 | /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook |
| 424 | for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called. |
| 425 | This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for |
| 426 | each window being updated. */ |
| 427 | |
| 428 | static void |
| 429 | x_update_begin (f) |
| 430 | struct frame *f; |
| 431 | { |
| 432 | struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 433 | |
| 434 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 435 | return; |
| 436 | |
| 437 | /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested |
| 438 | colors has changed. */ |
| 439 | if (display_info->regen_palette) |
| 440 | { |
| 441 | w32_regenerate_palette (f); |
| 442 | display_info->regen_palette = FALSE; |
| 443 | } |
| 444 | } |
| 445 | |
| 446 | |
| 447 | /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window |
| 448 | to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor |
| 449 | position of W. */ |
| 450 | |
| 451 | static void |
| 452 | x_update_window_begin (w) |
| 453 | struct window *w; |
| 454 | { |
| 455 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 456 | struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 457 | |
| 458 | /* Hide the system caret during an update. */ |
| 459 | if (w32_use_visible_system_caret && w32_system_caret_hwnd) |
| 460 | { |
| 461 | SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 462 | } |
| 463 | |
| 464 | updated_window = w; |
| 465 | set_output_cursor (&w->cursor); |
| 466 | |
| 467 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 468 | |
| 469 | if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 470 | { |
| 471 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
| 472 | display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1; |
| 473 | |
| 474 | /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse |
| 475 | highlighting. */ |
| 476 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 477 | display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 478 | |
| 479 | #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have |
| 480 | their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always |
| 481 | unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that |
| 482 | flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never |
| 483 | scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off |
| 484 | here to prevent it from being scrolled. */ |
| 485 | |
| 486 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window |
| 487 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. |
| 488 | Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; |
| 489 | in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use |
| 490 | is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ |
| 491 | if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window) |
| 492 | && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window)) |
| 493 | { |
| 494 | int i; |
| 495 | |
| 496 | for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 497 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i)) |
| 498 | break; |
| 499 | |
| 500 | if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows) |
| 501 | clear_mouse_face (display_info); |
| 502 | } |
| 503 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 504 | } |
| 505 | |
| 506 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 507 | } |
| 508 | |
| 509 | /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */ |
| 510 | |
| 511 | static void |
| 512 | w32_draw_vertical_window_border (w, x, y0, y1) |
| 513 | struct window *w; |
| 514 | int x, y0, y1; |
| 515 | { |
| 516 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 517 | RECT r; |
| 518 | HDC hdc; |
| 519 | struct face *face; |
| 520 | |
| 521 | r.left = x; |
| 522 | r.right = x + 1; |
| 523 | r.top = y0; |
| 524 | r.bottom = y1; |
| 525 | |
| 526 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 527 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID); |
| 528 | if (face) |
| 529 | w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, face->foreground, &r); |
| 530 | else |
| 531 | w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), &r); |
| 532 | |
| 533 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 534 | } |
| 535 | |
| 536 | |
| 537 | /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). |
| 538 | |
| 539 | Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and |
| 540 | display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. |
| 541 | |
| 542 | MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing |
| 543 | glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to |
| 544 | make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn. |
| 545 | |
| 546 | W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit |
| 547 | support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it |
| 548 | here. */ |
| 549 | |
| 550 | static void |
| 551 | x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 552 | struct window *w; |
| 553 | int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 554 | { |
| 555 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 556 | |
| 557 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 558 | { |
| 559 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 560 | |
| 561 | if (cursor_on_p) |
| 562 | display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos, |
| 563 | output_cursor.vpos, |
| 564 | output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); |
| 565 | |
| 566 | if (draw_window_fringes (w, 1)) |
| 567 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 568 | |
| 569 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 570 | } |
| 571 | |
| 572 | /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for |
| 573 | XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */ |
| 574 | if (mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 575 | { |
| 576 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 577 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 578 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 579 | } |
| 580 | |
| 581 | /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it |
| 582 | was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in |
| 583 | x_update_window_begin. */ |
| 584 | if (w32_use_visible_system_caret && w32_system_caret_hwnd) |
| 585 | { |
| 586 | SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 587 | } |
| 588 | |
| 589 | updated_window = NULL; |
| 590 | } |
| 591 | |
| 592 | |
| 593 | /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in |
| 594 | update_end. */ |
| 595 | |
| 596 | static void |
| 597 | x_update_end (f) |
| 598 | struct frame *f; |
| 599 | { |
| 600 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 601 | return; |
| 602 | |
| 603 | /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */ |
| 604 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 605 | } |
| 606 | |
| 607 | |
| 608 | /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a |
| 609 | complete update has been performed. The global variable |
| 610 | updated_window is not available here. */ |
| 611 | |
| 612 | static void |
| 613 | w32_frame_up_to_date (f) |
| 614 | struct frame *f; |
| 615 | { |
| 616 | if (FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 617 | { |
| 618 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 619 | |
| 620 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc |
| 621 | || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 622 | { |
| 623 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 624 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 625 | note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame, |
| 626 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
| 627 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
| 628 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 629 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 630 | } |
| 631 | } |
| 632 | } |
| 633 | |
| 634 | |
| 635 | /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay |
| 636 | arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required |
| 637 | before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is |
| 638 | found in updated_window. This function is called from |
| 639 | update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences |
| 640 | between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */ |
| 641 | |
| 642 | static void |
| 643 | x_after_update_window_line (desired_row) |
| 644 | struct glyph_row *desired_row; |
| 645 | { |
| 646 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 647 | struct frame *f; |
| 648 | int width, height; |
| 649 | |
| 650 | xassert (w); |
| 651 | |
| 652 | if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 653 | desired_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; |
| 654 | |
| 655 | /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of |
| 656 | full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could |
| 657 | check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window, |
| 658 | but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows |
| 659 | are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the |
| 660 | overhead is very small. */ |
| 661 | if (windows_or_buffers_changed |
| 662 | && desired_row->full_width_p |
| 663 | && (f = XFRAME (w->frame), |
| 664 | width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
| 665 | width != 0) |
| 666 | && (height = desired_row->visible_height, |
| 667 | height > 0)) |
| 668 | { |
| 669 | int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y)); |
| 670 | |
| 671 | /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */ |
| 672 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 673 | && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 674 | y -= width; |
| 675 | |
| 676 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 677 | { |
| 678 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 679 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height); |
| 680 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - width, |
| 681 | y, width, height); |
| 682 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 683 | } |
| 684 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 685 | } |
| 686 | } |
| 687 | |
| 688 | |
| 689 | /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of |
| 690 | window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it |
| 691 | determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be |
| 692 | drawn. */ |
| 693 | |
| 694 | static void |
| 695 | w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, p) |
| 696 | struct window *w; |
| 697 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 698 | struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params *p; |
| 699 | { |
| 700 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 701 | HDC hdc; |
| 702 | struct face *face = p->face; |
| 703 | int rowY; |
| 704 | |
| 705 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 706 | |
| 707 | /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */ |
| 708 | rowY = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 709 | if (p->y < rowY) |
| 710 | { |
| 711 | /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially |
| 712 | visible last row. */ |
| 713 | int oldY = row->y; |
| 714 | int oldVH = row->visible_height; |
| 715 | row->visible_height = p->h; |
| 716 | row->y -= rowY - p->y; |
| 717 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, -1, hdc); |
| 718 | row->y = oldY; |
| 719 | row->visible_height = oldVH; |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | else |
| 722 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, -1, hdc); |
| 723 | |
| 724 | if (p->bx >= 0 && !p->overlay_p) |
| 725 | { |
| 726 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background, |
| 727 | p->bx, p->by, p->nx, p->ny); |
| 728 | } |
| 729 | |
| 730 | if (p->which && p->which < max_fringe_bmp) |
| 731 | { |
| 732 | HBITMAP pixmap = fringe_bmp[p->which]; |
| 733 | HDC compat_hdc; |
| 734 | HANDLE horig_obj; |
| 735 | |
| 736 | compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc); |
| 737 | |
| 738 | SaveDC (hdc); |
| 739 | |
| 740 | horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap); |
| 741 | |
| 742 | /* Paint overlays transparently. */ |
| 743 | if (p->overlay_p) |
| 744 | { |
| 745 | HBRUSH h_brush, h_orig_brush; |
| 746 | |
| 747 | SetTextColor (hdc, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); |
| 748 | SetBkColor (hdc, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); |
| 749 | h_brush = CreateSolidBrush (face->foreground); |
| 750 | h_orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, h_brush); |
| 751 | |
| 752 | BitBlt (hdc, p->x, p->y, p->wd, p->h, |
| 753 | compat_hdc, 0, p->dh, |
| 754 | DSTINVERT); |
| 755 | BitBlt (hdc, p->x, p->y, p->wd, p->h, |
| 756 | compat_hdc, 0, p->dh, |
| 757 | 0x2E064A); |
| 758 | BitBlt (hdc, p->x, p->y, p->wd, p->h, |
| 759 | compat_hdc, 0, p->dh, |
| 760 | DSTINVERT); |
| 761 | |
| 762 | SelectObject (hdc, h_orig_brush); |
| 763 | DeleteObject (h_brush); |
| 764 | } |
| 765 | else |
| 766 | { |
| 767 | SetTextColor (hdc, face->background); |
| 768 | SetBkColor (hdc, (p->cursor_p |
| 769 | ? f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel |
| 770 | : face->foreground)); |
| 771 | |
| 772 | BitBlt (hdc, p->x, p->y, p->wd, p->h, |
| 773 | compat_hdc, 0, p->dh, |
| 774 | SRCCOPY); |
| 775 | } |
| 776 | |
| 777 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj); |
| 778 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 779 | RestoreDC (hdc, -1); |
| 780 | } |
| 781 | |
| 782 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 783 | |
| 784 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 785 | } |
| 786 | |
| 787 | static void |
| 788 | w32_define_fringe_bitmap (which, bits, h, wd) |
| 789 | int which; |
| 790 | unsigned short *bits; |
| 791 | int h, wd; |
| 792 | { |
| 793 | if (which >= max_fringe_bmp) |
| 794 | { |
| 795 | int i = max_fringe_bmp; |
| 796 | max_fringe_bmp = which + 20; |
| 797 | fringe_bmp = (HBITMAP *) xrealloc (fringe_bmp, max_fringe_bmp * sizeof (HBITMAP)); |
| 798 | while (i < max_fringe_bmp) |
| 799 | fringe_bmp[i++] = 0; |
| 800 | } |
| 801 | |
| 802 | fringe_bmp[which] = CreateBitmap (wd, h, 1, 1, bits); |
| 803 | } |
| 804 | |
| 805 | static void |
| 806 | w32_destroy_fringe_bitmap (which) |
| 807 | int which; |
| 808 | { |
| 809 | if (which >= max_fringe_bmp) |
| 810 | return; |
| 811 | |
| 812 | if (fringe_bmp[which]) |
| 813 | DeleteObject (fringe_bmp[which]); |
| 814 | fringe_bmp[which] = 0; |
| 815 | } |
| 816 | |
| 817 | |
| 818 | \f |
| 819 | /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after |
| 820 | suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing |
| 821 | must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that |
| 822 | rarely happens). */ |
| 823 | |
| 824 | static void |
| 825 | w32_set_terminal_modes (void) |
| 826 | { |
| 827 | } |
| 828 | |
| 829 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make |
| 830 | the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */ |
| 831 | |
| 832 | static void |
| 833 | w32_reset_terminal_modes (void) |
| 834 | { |
| 835 | } |
| 836 | |
| 837 | |
| 838 | \f |
| 839 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 840 | Display Iterator |
| 841 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 842 | |
| 843 | /* Function prototypes of this page. */ |
| 844 | |
| 845 | XCharStruct *w32_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, wchar_t *, int)); |
| 846 | static int w32_encode_char P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info *, int *)); |
| 847 | |
| 848 | |
| 849 | /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null. |
| 850 | If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character |
| 851 | metric is returned. */ |
| 852 | |
| 853 | static int |
| 854 | w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, dim, pcm) |
| 855 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 856 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 857 | int dim; |
| 858 | XCharStruct * pcm; |
| 859 | { |
| 860 | glyph_metric * bdf_metric; |
| 861 | char buf[2]; |
| 862 | |
| 863 | if (dim == 1) |
| 864 | buf[0] = (char)(*char2b); |
| 865 | else |
| 866 | { |
| 867 | buf[0] = XCHAR2B_BYTE1 (char2b); |
| 868 | buf[1] = XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b); |
| 869 | } |
| 870 | |
| 871 | bdf_metric = w32_BDF_TextMetric (font->bdf, buf, dim); |
| 872 | |
| 873 | if (bdf_metric) |
| 874 | { |
| 875 | pcm->width = bdf_metric->dwidth; |
| 876 | pcm->lbearing = bdf_metric->bbox; |
| 877 | pcm->rbearing = bdf_metric->dwidth |
| 878 | - (bdf_metric->bbox + bdf_metric->bbw); |
| 879 | pcm->ascent = bdf_metric->bboy + bdf_metric->bbh; |
| 880 | pcm->descent = -bdf_metric->bboy; |
| 881 | |
| 882 | return 1; |
| 883 | } |
| 884 | return 0; |
| 885 | } |
| 886 | |
| 887 | |
| 888 | static int |
| 889 | w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm) |
| 890 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 891 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 892 | enum w32_char_font_type font_type; |
| 893 | XCharStruct * pcm; |
| 894 | { |
| 895 | HDC hdc = GetDC (NULL); |
| 896 | HFONT old_font; |
| 897 | BOOL retval = FALSE; |
| 898 | |
| 899 | xassert (font && char2b); |
| 900 | xassert (font->hfont); |
| 901 | xassert (font_type == UNICODE_FONT || font_type == ANSI_FONT); |
| 902 | |
| 903 | old_font = SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont); |
| 904 | |
| 905 | if ((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_TRUETYPE) != 0) |
| 906 | { |
| 907 | ABC char_widths; |
| 908 | |
| 909 | if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT) |
| 910 | retval = GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths); |
| 911 | else |
| 912 | retval = GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths); |
| 913 | |
| 914 | if (retval) |
| 915 | { |
| 916 | #if 0 |
| 917 | /* Disabled until we can find a way to get the right results |
| 918 | on all versions of Windows. */ |
| 919 | |
| 920 | /* Don't trust the ABC widths. For synthesized fonts they are |
| 921 | wrong, and so is the result of GetCharWidth()! */ |
| 922 | int real_width; |
| 923 | GetCharWidth (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &real_width); |
| 924 | #endif |
| 925 | if (cleartype_active) |
| 926 | { |
| 927 | /* Cleartype antialiasing causes characters to overhang |
| 928 | by a pixel on each side compared with what GetCharABCWidths |
| 929 | reports. */ |
| 930 | char_widths.abcA -= 1; |
| 931 | char_widths.abcC -= 1; |
| 932 | char_widths.abcB += 2; |
| 933 | } |
| 934 | |
| 935 | pcm->width = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB + char_widths.abcC; |
| 936 | #if 0 |
| 937 | /* As far as I can tell, this is the best way to determine what |
| 938 | ExtTextOut will do with the broken font. */ |
| 939 | if (pcm->width != real_width) |
| 940 | pcm->width = (pcm->width + real_width) / 2; |
| 941 | #endif |
| 942 | pcm->lbearing = char_widths.abcA; |
| 943 | pcm->rbearing = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB; |
| 944 | pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font); |
| 945 | pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font); |
| 946 | } |
| 947 | } |
| 948 | |
| 949 | if (!retval) |
| 950 | { |
| 951 | /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW |
| 952 | failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we |
| 953 | can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost |
| 954 | though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and |
| 955 | deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing |
| 956 | is assumed to be zero. */ |
| 957 | |
| 958 | /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows |
| 959 | supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width |
| 960 | as zero. Need some way of handling them when |
| 961 | GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */ |
| 962 | SIZE sz; |
| 963 | |
| 964 | if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT) |
| 965 | retval = GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, char2b, 1, &sz); |
| 966 | else |
| 967 | retval = GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc, (char*)char2b, 1, &sz); |
| 968 | |
| 969 | if (retval) |
| 970 | { |
| 971 | pcm->width = sz.cx - font->tm.tmOverhang; |
| 972 | pcm->rbearing = sz.cx; |
| 973 | pcm->lbearing = 0; |
| 974 | pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font); |
| 975 | pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font); |
| 976 | } |
| 977 | } |
| 978 | |
| 979 | |
| 980 | if (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0) |
| 981 | { |
| 982 | retval = FALSE; |
| 983 | } |
| 984 | |
| 985 | SelectObject (hdc, old_font); |
| 986 | ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc); |
| 987 | |
| 988 | return retval; |
| 989 | } |
| 990 | |
| 991 | |
| 992 | XCharStruct * |
| 993 | w32_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type) |
| 994 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 995 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 996 | int /* enum w32_char_font_type */ font_type; |
| 997 | { |
| 998 | /* The result metric information. */ |
| 999 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 1000 | BOOL retval; |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | xassert (font && char2b); |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | /* TODO: This function is currently called through the RIF, and in |
| 1005 | some cases font_type is UNKNOWN_FONT. We currently allow the |
| 1006 | cached metrics to be used, which seems to work, but in cases |
| 1007 | where font_type is UNKNOWN_FONT, we probably haven't encoded |
| 1008 | char2b appropriately. All callers need checking to see what they |
| 1009 | are passing. This is most likely to affect variable width fonts |
| 1010 | outside the Latin-1 range, particularly in languages like Thai |
| 1011 | that rely on rbearing and lbearing to provide composition. I |
| 1012 | don't think that is working currently anyway, but we don't seem |
| 1013 | to have anyone testing such languages on Windows. */ |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | /* Handle the common cases quickly. */ |
| 1016 | if (!font->bdf && font->per_char == NULL) |
| 1017 | /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */ |
| 1018 | return &font->max_bounds; |
| 1019 | else if (!font->bdf && *char2b < 128) |
| 1020 | return &font->per_char[*char2b]; |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | xassert (font_type != UNKNOWN_FONT); |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | pcm = &font->scratch; |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | if (font_type == BDF_1D_FONT) |
| 1027 | retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 1, pcm); |
| 1028 | else if (font_type == BDF_2D_FONT) |
| 1029 | retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 2, pcm); |
| 1030 | else |
| 1031 | retval = w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm); |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | if (retval) |
| 1034 | return pcm; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | return NULL; |
| 1037 | } |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | void |
| 1040 | w32_cache_char_metrics (font) |
| 1041 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1042 | { |
| 1043 | wchar_t char2b = L'x'; |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 | /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */ |
| 1046 | if (font->bdf) |
| 1047 | { |
| 1048 | /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */ |
| 1049 | if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 1, &font->max_bounds)) |
| 1050 | { |
| 1051 | /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF |
| 1052 | fonts contain the letter 'x'. */ |
| 1053 | font->max_bounds.width = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font); |
| 1054 | font->max_bounds.lbearing = -font->bdf->llx; |
| 1055 | font->max_bounds.rbearing = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font) - font->bdf->urx; |
| 1056 | font->max_bounds.ascent = FONT_BASE (font); |
| 1057 | font->max_bounds.descent = FONT_DESCENT (font); |
| 1058 | } |
| 1059 | } |
| 1060 | else |
| 1061 | { |
| 1062 | if (((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH) != 0) |
| 1063 | /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even |
| 1064 | though they contain characters of different widths. */ |
| 1065 | || (font->tm.tmMaxCharWidth != font->tm.tmAveCharWidth)) |
| 1066 | { |
| 1067 | /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the |
| 1068 | ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably |
| 1069 | not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change |
| 1070 | between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at |
| 1071 | run-time. */ |
| 1072 | int i; |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | font->per_char = xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct)); |
| 1075 | for (i = 0; i < 128; i++) |
| 1076 | { |
| 1077 | char2b = i; |
| 1078 | w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT, |
| 1079 | &font->per_char[i]); |
| 1080 | } |
| 1081 | } |
| 1082 | else |
| 1083 | w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT, |
| 1084 | &font->max_bounds); |
| 1085 | } |
| 1086 | } |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | /* Determine if a font is double byte. */ |
| 1090 | int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct *font) |
| 1091 | { |
| 1092 | return font->double_byte_p; |
| 1093 | } |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | static BOOL |
| 1097 | w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage) |
| 1098 | int codepage; |
| 1099 | { |
| 1100 | /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */ |
| 1101 | return (w32_enable_unicode_output |
| 1102 | && codepage != CP_8BIT |
| 1103 | && (codepage == CP_UNICODE || IsValidCodePage (codepage))); |
| 1104 | } |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is |
| 1107 | the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | static int /* enum w32_char_font_type */ |
| 1110 | w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p) |
| 1111 | int c; |
| 1112 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 1113 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 1114 | int * two_byte_p; |
| 1115 | { |
| 1116 | int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c); |
| 1117 | int codepage; |
| 1118 | int unicode_p = 0; |
| 1119 | int internal_two_byte_p = 0; |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | XFontStruct *font = font_info->font; |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | internal_two_byte_p = w32_font_is_double_byte (font); |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2. |
| 1126 | This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a |
| 1127 | fixed encoding. */ |
| 1128 | if (font_info->font_encoder) |
| 1129 | { |
| 1130 | /* It's a program. */ |
| 1131 | struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder; |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) |
| 1134 | { |
| 1135 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 1136 | ccl->reg[1] = XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b); |
| 1137 | ccl->reg[2] = -1; |
| 1138 | } |
| 1139 | else |
| 1140 | { |
| 1141 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 1142 | ccl->reg[1] = XCHAR2B_BYTE1 (char2b); |
| 1143 | ccl->reg[2] = XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b); |
| 1144 | } |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL); |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL |
| 1149 | program. */ |
| 1150 | if (!internal_two_byte_p) /* 1-byte font */ |
| 1151 | STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b, 0, ccl->reg[1]); |
| 1152 | else |
| 1153 | STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b, ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]); |
| 1154 | } |
| 1155 | else if (font_info->encoding[charset]) |
| 1156 | { |
| 1157 | /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the |
| 1158 | encoding numbers. */ |
| 1159 | int enc = font_info->encoding[charset]; |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) |
| 1162 | && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2) |
| 1163 | STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b, XCHAR2B_BYTE1 (char2b) | 0x80, XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b)); |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | if (enc == 1 || enc == 3 |
| 1166 | || (enc == 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)) |
| 1167 | STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b, XCHAR2B_BYTE1 (char2b), XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b) | 0x80); |
| 1168 | else if (enc == 4) |
| 1169 | { |
| 1170 | int sjis1, sjis2; |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 | ENCODE_SJIS (XCHAR2B_BYTE1 (char2b), XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b), |
| 1173 | sjis1, sjis2); |
| 1174 | STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b, sjis1, sjis2); |
| 1175 | } |
| 1176 | } |
| 1177 | codepage = font_info->codepage; |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into |
| 1180 | Unicode space. */ |
| 1181 | if ( font && !font->bdf && w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage) |
| 1182 | && charset != CHARSET_ASCII && charset != charset_latin_iso8859_1 |
| 1183 | && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_GRAPHIC) |
| 1184 | { |
| 1185 | char temp[3]; |
| 1186 | temp[0] = XCHAR2B_BYTE1 (char2b); |
| 1187 | temp[1] = XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b); |
| 1188 | temp[2] = '\0'; |
| 1189 | if (codepage != CP_UNICODE) |
| 1190 | { |
| 1191 | if (temp[0]) |
| 1192 | MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp, 2, char2b, 1); |
| 1193 | else |
| 1194 | MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp+1, 1, char2b, 1); |
| 1195 | } |
| 1196 | unicode_p = 1; |
| 1197 | internal_two_byte_p = 1; |
| 1198 | } |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | if (two_byte_p) |
| 1201 | *two_byte_p = internal_two_byte_p; |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | if (!font) |
| 1204 | return UNKNOWN_FONT; |
| 1205 | else if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) |
| 1206 | return BDF_1D_FONT; |
| 1207 | else if (font->bdf) |
| 1208 | return BDF_2D_FONT; |
| 1209 | else if (unicode_p) |
| 1210 | return UNICODE_FONT; |
| 1211 | else |
| 1212 | return ANSI_FONT; |
| 1213 | } |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | \f |
| 1217 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1218 | Glyph display |
| 1219 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */ |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | static void |
| 1225 | w32_text_out (s, x, y,chars,nchars) |
| 1226 | struct glyph_string * s; |
| 1227 | int x, y; |
| 1228 | wchar_t * chars; |
| 1229 | int nchars; |
| 1230 | { |
| 1231 | int charset_dim = w32_font_is_double_byte (s->font) ? 2 : 1; |
| 1232 | if (s->font->bdf) |
| 1233 | w32_BDF_TextOut (s->font->bdf, s->hdc, |
| 1234 | x, y, (char *) chars, charset_dim, |
| 1235 | nchars * charset_dim, 0); |
| 1236 | else if (s->first_glyph->font_type == UNICODE_FONT) |
| 1237 | ExtTextOutW (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, chars, nchars, NULL); |
| 1238 | else |
| 1239 | ExtTextOutA (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, (char *) chars, |
| 1240 | nchars * charset_dim, NULL); |
| 1241 | } |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1245 | static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1246 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 1247 | int)); |
| 1248 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1249 | static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1250 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1251 | static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1252 | static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1253 | static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1254 | static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1255 | static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int); |
| 1256 | static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *, |
| 1257 | double, int, COLORREF)); |
| 1258 | static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1259 | static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1260 | static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1261 | static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 1262 | static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP)); |
| 1263 | static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, |
| 1264 | int, int, int)); |
| 1265 | static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, |
| 1266 | int, int, int, int, int, int, |
| 1267 | RECT *)); |
| 1268 | static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int, |
| 1269 | int, int, int, RECT *)); |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 1272 | static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *)); |
| 1273 | #endif |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor |
| 1277 | face. */ |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | static void |
| 1280 | x_set_cursor_gc (s) |
| 1281 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1282 | { |
| 1283 | if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f) |
| 1284 | && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 1285 | && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 1286 | && !s->cmp) |
| 1287 | s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc; |
| 1288 | else |
| 1289 | { |
| 1290 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ |
| 1291 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1292 | unsigned long mask; |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel; |
| 1295 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */ |
| 1298 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 1299 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 1300 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 1301 | xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel; |
| 1302 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 1303 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ |
| 1306 | if (xgcv.background == s->face->background |
| 1307 | && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground) |
| 1308 | { |
| 1309 | xgcv.background = s->face->foreground; |
| 1310 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 1311 | } |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 1314 | xgcv.font = s->font; |
| 1315 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 1318 | XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 1319 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 1320 | else |
| 1321 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 1322 | = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 1325 | } |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */ |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | static void |
| 1332 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s) |
| 1333 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1334 | { |
| 1335 | int face_id; |
| 1336 | struct face *face; |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */ |
| 1339 | face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id; |
| 1340 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 1341 | if (face == NULL) |
| 1342 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID); |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 1345 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch); |
| 1346 | else |
| 1347 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0); |
| 1348 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 1349 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */ |
| 1352 | if (s->font == s->face->font) |
| 1353 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1354 | else |
| 1355 | { |
| 1356 | /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE |
| 1357 | but font FONT. */ |
| 1358 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1359 | unsigned long mask; |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | xgcv.background = s->face->background; |
| 1362 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 1363 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 1364 | xgcv.font = s->font; |
| 1365 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 1368 | XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 1369 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 1370 | else |
| 1371 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 1372 | = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 1375 | } |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 1378 | } |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line. |
| 1382 | Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the |
| 1383 | matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */ |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | static INLINE void |
| 1386 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s) |
| 1387 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1388 | { |
| 1389 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1390 | } |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set |
| 1394 | S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple |
| 1395 | pattern. */ |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | static INLINE void |
| 1398 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s) |
| 1399 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1400 | { |
| 1401 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 1404 | { |
| 1405 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1406 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1407 | } |
| 1408 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s); |
| 1411 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1412 | } |
| 1413 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 1414 | { |
| 1415 | x_set_cursor_gc (s); |
| 1416 | s->stippled_p = 0; |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 1419 | { |
| 1420 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 1421 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1422 | } |
| 1423 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 1424 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 1425 | { |
| 1426 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1427 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1428 | } |
| 1429 | else |
| 1430 | { |
| 1431 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1432 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1433 | } |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | /* GC must have been set. */ |
| 1436 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 1437 | } |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode |
| 1441 | line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */ |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | static INLINE void |
| 1444 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s) |
| 1445 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1446 | { |
| 1447 | RECT r; |
| 1448 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 1449 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, &r); |
| 1450 | } |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | /* RIF: |
| 1454 | Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph |
| 1455 | string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */ |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | static void |
| 1458 | w32_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s) |
| 1459 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1460 | { |
| 1461 | /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for |
| 1462 | getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each |
| 1463 | individual character and working it out manually. */ |
| 1464 | } |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | static void |
| 1468 | w32_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right) |
| 1469 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1470 | struct frame *f; |
| 1471 | int *left, *right; |
| 1472 | { |
| 1473 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 1474 | /* Convert to unicode! */ |
| 1475 | x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right); |
| 1476 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 1477 | } |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */ |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | static INLINE void |
| 1483 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 1484 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1485 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 1486 | { |
| 1487 | int real_x = x; |
| 1488 | int real_y = y; |
| 1489 | int real_w = w; |
| 1490 | int real_h = h; |
| 1491 | #if 0 |
| 1492 | /* Take clipping into account. */ |
| 1493 | if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect) |
| 1494 | { |
| 1495 | real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left); |
| 1496 | real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top); |
| 1497 | real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right |
| 1498 | - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left); |
| 1499 | real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom |
| 1500 | - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top); |
| 1501 | } |
| 1502 | #endif |
| 1503 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y, |
| 1504 | real_w, real_h); |
| 1505 | } |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p |
| 1509 | is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the |
| 1510 | background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used |
| 1511 | when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S |
| 1512 | contains the first component of a composition. */ |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | static void |
| 1515 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p) |
| 1516 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1517 | int force_p; |
| 1518 | { |
| 1519 | /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it |
| 1520 | shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */ |
| 1521 | if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 1522 | { |
| 1523 | int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 1526 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 1527 | { |
| 1528 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 1529 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 1530 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, |
| 1531 | s->y + box_line_width, |
| 1532 | s->background_width, |
| 1533 | s->height - 2 * box_line_width); |
| 1534 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 1535 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 1536 | } |
| 1537 | else |
| 1538 | #endif |
| 1539 | if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width |
| 1540 | || s->font_not_found_p |
| 1541 | || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 1542 | || s->font->bdf |
| 1543 | || force_p) |
| 1544 | { |
| 1545 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width, |
| 1546 | s->background_width, |
| 1547 | s->height - 2 * box_line_width); |
| 1548 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 1549 | } |
| 1550 | } |
| 1551 | } |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */ |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | static void |
| 1557 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 1558 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1559 | { |
| 1560 | int i, x; |
| 1561 | HFONT old_font; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 1564 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 1565 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1566 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 1567 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1568 | else |
| 1569 | x = s->x; |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | if (s->for_overlaps || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)) |
| 1572 | SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT); |
| 1573 | else |
| 1574 | SetBkMode (s->hdc, OPAQUE); |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 1577 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 1578 | SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT); |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | if (s->font && s->font->hfont) |
| 1581 | old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont); |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be |
| 1584 | loaded. */ |
| 1585 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 1586 | { |
| 1587 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 1588 | { |
| 1589 | struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i; |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1, |
| 1592 | s->height - 1); |
| 1593 | x += g->pixel_width; |
| 1594 | } |
| 1595 | } |
| 1596 | else |
| 1597 | { |
| 1598 | char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b; |
| 1599 | int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 | if (s->font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 1602 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff; |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */ |
| 1605 | if (!s->two_byte_p) |
| 1606 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 1607 | char1b[i] = XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (&s->char2b[i]); |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */ |
| 1610 | w32_text_out (s, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | if (s->face->overstrike) |
| 1613 | { |
| 1614 | /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the |
| 1615 | characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */ |
| 1616 | w32_text_out (s, x + 1, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 1617 | } |
| 1618 | } |
| 1619 | if (s->font && s->font->hfont) |
| 1620 | SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font); |
| 1621 | } |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */ |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | static void |
| 1626 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 1627 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1628 | { |
| 1629 | int i, x; |
| 1630 | HFONT old_font; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 1633 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 1634 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1635 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 1636 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1637 | else |
| 1638 | x = s->x; |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of |
| 1641 | the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition. |
| 1642 | S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of |
| 1643 | this composition. */ |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 1646 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 1647 | SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT); |
| 1648 | SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT); |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | if (s->font && s->font->hfont) |
| 1651 | old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont); |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very |
| 1654 | first character of the composition could not be loaded. */ |
| 1655 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 1656 | { |
| 1657 | if (s->gidx == 0) |
| 1658 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1, |
| 1659 | s->height - 1); |
| 1660 | } |
| 1661 | else |
| 1662 | { |
| 1663 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx) |
| 1664 | { |
| 1665 | w32_text_out (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2], |
| 1666 | s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1], |
| 1667 | s->char2b + i, 1); |
| 1668 | if (s->face->overstrike) |
| 1669 | w32_text_out (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2] + 1, |
| 1670 | s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1], |
| 1671 | s->char2b + i, 1); |
| 1672 | } |
| 1673 | } |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 | if (s->font && s->font->hfont) |
| 1676 | SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font); |
| 1677 | } |
| 1678 | |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness |
| 1681 | boosted. |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by |
| 1684 | brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this |
| 1685 | doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's |
| 1686 | brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to |
| 1687 | use an additional additive factor. |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color |
| 1690 | (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */ |
| 1691 | #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187 |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR |
| 1695 | or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. |
| 1696 | If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB |
| 1697 | values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR. |
| 1698 | DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. |
| 1699 | Value is non-zero if successful. */ |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | static int |
| 1702 | w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta) |
| 1703 | struct frame *f; |
| 1704 | COLORREF *color; |
| 1705 | double factor; |
| 1706 | int delta; |
| 1707 | { |
| 1708 | COLORREF new; |
| 1709 | long bright; |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */ |
| 1712 | delta /= 256; |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */ |
| 1715 | xassert (factor >= 0); |
| 1716 | new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)), |
| 1717 | min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)), |
| 1718 | min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color))); |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */ |
| 1721 | bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color) |
| 1722 | + GetBValue (*color)) / 6; |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | /* We only boost colors that are darker than |
| 1725 | HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */ |
| 1726 | if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT) |
| 1727 | /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so |
| 1728 | that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */ |
| 1729 | { |
| 1730 | /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */ |
| 1731 | double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT; |
| 1732 | /* The additive adjustment. */ |
| 1733 | int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2; |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | if (factor < 1) |
| 1736 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))), |
| 1737 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))), |
| 1738 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 1739 | else |
| 1740 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))), |
| 1741 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))), |
| 1742 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 1743 | } |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | if (new == *color) |
| 1746 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))), |
| 1747 | max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))), |
| 1748 | max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */ |
| 1751 | /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */ |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | if (new == *color) |
| 1754 | return 0; |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | *color = new; |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | return 1; |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph |
| 1763 | string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC |
| 1764 | with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or |
| 1765 | DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found |
| 1766 | in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot |
| 1767 | be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */ |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | static void |
| 1770 | w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel) |
| 1771 | struct frame *f; |
| 1772 | struct relief *relief; |
| 1773 | double factor; |
| 1774 | int delta; |
| 1775 | COLORREF default_pixel; |
| 1776 | { |
| 1777 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1778 | struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32; |
| 1779 | unsigned long mask = GCForeground; |
| 1780 | COLORREF pixel; |
| 1781 | COLORREF background = di->relief_background; |
| 1782 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */ |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | /* Allocate new color. */ |
| 1787 | xgcv.foreground = default_pixel; |
| 1788 | pixel = background; |
| 1789 | if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta)) |
| 1790 | { |
| 1791 | relief->allocated_p = 1; |
| 1792 | xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel; |
| 1793 | } |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | if (relief->gc == 0) |
| 1796 | { |
| 1797 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 1798 | xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray; |
| 1799 | mask |= GCStipple; |
| 1800 | #endif |
| 1801 | relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv); |
| 1802 | } |
| 1803 | else |
| 1804 | XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 1805 | } |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */ |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | static void |
| 1811 | x_setup_relief_colors (s) |
| 1812 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1813 | { |
| 1814 | struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32; |
| 1815 | COLORREF color; |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p) |
| 1818 | color = s->face->box_color; |
| 1819 | else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH |
| 1820 | && s->img->pixmap |
| 1821 | && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0)) |
| 1822 | color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0); |
| 1823 | else |
| 1824 | color = s->gc->background; |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | if (di->white_relief.gc == 0 |
| 1827 | || color != di->relief_background) |
| 1828 | { |
| 1829 | di->relief_background = color; |
| 1830 | w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000, |
| 1831 | WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 1832 | w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000, |
| 1833 | BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 1834 | } |
| 1835 | } |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, |
| 1839 | TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief |
| 1840 | to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised |
| 1841 | relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of |
| 1842 | the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right |
| 1843 | side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use |
| 1844 | when drawing. */ |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | static void |
| 1847 | w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 1848 | raised_p, top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 1849 | struct frame *f; |
| 1850 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width; |
| 1851 | int top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, raised_p; |
| 1852 | RECT *clip_rect; |
| 1853 | { |
| 1854 | int i; |
| 1855 | XGCValues gc; |
| 1856 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | if (raised_p) |
| 1859 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 1860 | else |
| 1861 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect); |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 | /* Top. */ |
| 1866 | if (top_p) |
| 1867 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1868 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 1869 | left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i, |
| 1870 | right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p ) + 1, 1); |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /* Left. */ |
| 1873 | if (left_p) |
| 1874 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1875 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 1876 | left_x + i, top_y + i, 1, |
| 1877 | bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i + 1); |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | if (raised_p) |
| 1880 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 1881 | else |
| 1882 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 1885 | if (bot_p) |
| 1886 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1887 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 1888 | left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i, |
| 1889 | right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p) + 1, 1); |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | /* Right. */ |
| 1892 | if (right_p) |
| 1893 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1894 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 1895 | right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1, |
| 1896 | bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i - 1); |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 1901 | } |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, |
| 1905 | RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to |
| 1906 | draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the |
| 1907 | left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line |
| 1908 | on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping |
| 1909 | rectangle to use when drawing. */ |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | static void |
| 1912 | w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 1913 | left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 1914 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1915 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p; |
| 1916 | RECT *clip_rect; |
| 1917 | { |
| 1918 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect); |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | /* Top. */ |
| 1921 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 1922 | left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | /* Left. */ |
| 1925 | if (left_p) |
| 1926 | { |
| 1927 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 1928 | left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 1929 | } |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 1932 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 1933 | left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | /* Right. */ |
| 1936 | if (right_p) |
| 1937 | { |
| 1938 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 1939 | right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 1943 | } |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */ |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | static void |
| 1949 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s) |
| 1950 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1951 | { |
| 1952 | int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p; |
| 1953 | int left_p, right_p; |
| 1954 | struct glyph *last_glyph; |
| 1955 | RECT clip_rect; |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | last_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && !s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 1958 | ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s->w) |
| 1959 | : window_box_right (s->w, s->area)); |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */ |
| 1962 | last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img |
| 1963 | ? s->first_glyph |
| 1964 | : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1); |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | width = abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1967 | raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX; |
| 1968 | left_x = s->x; |
| 1969 | right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 1970 | ? last_x - 1 |
| 1971 | : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1)); |
| 1972 | top_y = s->y; |
| 1973 | bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1; |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 1976 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 1977 | && (s->prev == NULL |
| 1978 | || s->prev->hl != s->hl))); |
| 1979 | right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p |
| 1980 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 1981 | && (s->next == NULL |
| 1982 | || s->next->hl != s->hl))); |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX) |
| 1987 | w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 1988 | left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 1989 | else |
| 1990 | { |
| 1991 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 1992 | w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, |
| 1993 | width, raised_p, 1, 1, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 1994 | } |
| 1995 | } |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */ |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | static void |
| 2001 | x_draw_image_foreground (s) |
| 2002 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2003 | { |
| 2004 | int x = s->x; |
| 2005 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice); |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 2008 | right of that line. */ |
| 2009 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2010 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 2011 | && s->slice.x == 0) |
| 2012 | x += abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 2015 | by that margin. */ |
| 2016 | if (s->slice.x == 0) |
| 2017 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 2018 | if (s->slice.y == 0) |
| 2019 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | SaveDC (s->hdc); |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 2024 | { |
| 2025 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 2026 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 2027 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush); |
| 2028 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap); |
| 2029 | SetBkColor (compat_hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255)); |
| 2030 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0)); |
| 2031 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 2034 | { |
| 2035 | HDC mask_dc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 2036 | HGDIOBJ mask_orig_obj = SelectObject (mask_dc, s->img->mask); |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255)); |
| 2039 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0)); |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2042 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCINVERT); |
| 2043 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2044 | mask_dc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCAND); |
| 2045 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2046 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCINVERT); |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | SelectObject (mask_dc, mask_orig_obj); |
| 2049 | DeleteDC (mask_dc); |
| 2050 | } |
| 2051 | else |
| 2052 | { |
| 2053 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 2054 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2057 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCCOPY); |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 2060 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 2061 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 2062 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 2063 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 2064 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 2065 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 2066 | { |
| 2067 | int r = s->img->relief; |
| 2068 | if (r < 0) r = -r; |
| 2069 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r , |
| 2070 | s->slice.width + r*2 - 1, |
| 2071 | s->slice.height + r*2 - 1); |
| 2072 | } |
| 2073 | } |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 2076 | SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush); |
| 2077 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 2078 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 2079 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 2080 | } |
| 2081 | else |
| 2082 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, |
| 2083 | s->slice.width - 1, s->slice.height - 1); |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 | RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1); |
| 2086 | } |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */ |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | static void |
| 2092 | x_draw_image_relief (s) |
| 2093 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2094 | { |
| 2095 | int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p; |
| 2096 | RECT r; |
| 2097 | int x = s->x; |
| 2098 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice); |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 2101 | right of that line. */ |
| 2102 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2103 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 2104 | && s->slice.x == 0) |
| 2105 | x += abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 2108 | by that margin. */ |
| 2109 | if (s->slice.x == 0) |
| 2110 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 2111 | if (s->slice.y == 0) |
| 2112 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 2115 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED) |
| 2116 | { |
| 2117 | thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF; |
| 2118 | raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 2119 | } |
| 2120 | else |
| 2121 | { |
| 2122 | thick = abs (s->img->relief); |
| 2123 | raised_p = s->img->relief > 0; |
| 2124 | } |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | x0 = x - thick; |
| 2127 | y0 = y - thick; |
| 2128 | x1 = x + s->slice.width + thick - 1; |
| 2129 | y1 = y + s->slice.height + thick - 1; |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 2132 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 2133 | w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, |
| 2134 | s->slice.y == 0, |
| 2135 | s->slice.y + s->slice.height == s->img->height, |
| 2136 | s->slice.x == 0, |
| 2137 | s->slice.x + s->slice.width == s->img->width, |
| 2138 | &r); |
| 2139 | } |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */ |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | static void |
| 2145 | w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap) |
| 2146 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2147 | HBITMAP pixmap; |
| 2148 | { |
| 2149 | HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 2150 | HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap); |
| 2151 | int x = 0; |
| 2152 | int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice); |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 2155 | right of that line. */ |
| 2156 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2157 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 2158 | && s->slice.x == 0) |
| 2159 | x += abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 2162 | by that margin. */ |
| 2163 | if (s->slice.x == 0) |
| 2164 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 2165 | if (s->slice.y == 0) |
| 2166 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 2169 | { |
| 2170 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc); |
| 2171 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 2172 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush); |
| 2173 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap); |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 2176 | { |
| 2177 | HDC mask_dc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc); |
| 2178 | HGDIOBJ mask_orig_obj = SelectObject (mask_dc, s->img->mask); |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | SetTextColor (hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0)); |
| 2181 | SetBkColor (hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255)); |
| 2182 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2183 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCINVERT); |
| 2184 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2185 | mask_dc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCAND); |
| 2186 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2187 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCINVERT); |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | SelectObject (mask_dc, mask_orig_obj); |
| 2190 | DeleteDC (mask_dc); |
| 2191 | } |
| 2192 | else |
| 2193 | { |
| 2194 | SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 2195 | SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2198 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCCOPY); |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 2201 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 2202 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 2203 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 2204 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 2205 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 2206 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 2207 | { |
| 2208 | int r = s->img->relief; |
| 2209 | if (r < 0) r = -r; |
| 2210 | w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r, |
| 2211 | s->slice.width + r*2 - 1, |
| 2212 | s->slice.height + r*2 - 1); |
| 2213 | } |
| 2214 | } |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush); |
| 2217 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 2218 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 2219 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 2220 | } |
| 2221 | else |
| 2222 | w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, |
| 2223 | s->slice.width - 1, s->slice.height - 1); |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj); |
| 2226 | DeleteDC (hdc); |
| 2227 | } |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H |
| 2231 | give the rectangle to draw. */ |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | static void |
| 2234 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 2235 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2236 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 2237 | { |
| 2238 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 2239 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 2240 | { |
| 2241 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2242 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2243 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 2244 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 2245 | } |
| 2246 | else |
| 2247 | #endif |
| 2248 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h); |
| 2249 | } |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | /* Draw image glyph string S. |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | s->y |
| 2255 | s->x +------------------------- |
| 2256 | | s->face->box |
| 2257 | | |
| 2258 | | +------------------------- |
| 2259 | | | s->img->vmargin |
| 2260 | | | |
| 2261 | | | +------------------- |
| 2262 | | | | the image |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | */ |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | static void |
| 2267 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 2268 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2269 | { |
| 2270 | int x, y; |
| 2271 | int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2272 | int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); |
| 2273 | int height; |
| 2274 | HBITMAP pixmap = 0; |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth; |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is |
| 2279 | taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce |
| 2280 | flickering. */ |
| 2281 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2282 | if (height > s->slice.height |
| 2283 | || s->img->hmargin |
| 2284 | || s->img->vmargin |
| 2285 | || s->img->mask |
| 2286 | || s->img->pixmap == 0 |
| 2287 | || s->width != s->background_width) |
| 2288 | { |
| 2289 | x = s->x; |
| 2290 | if (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 2291 | && s->slice.x == 0) |
| 2292 | x += box_line_hwidth; |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | y = s->y; |
| 2295 | if (s->slice.y == 0) |
| 2296 | y += box_line_vwidth; |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | #if 0 /* TODO: figure out if we need to do this on Windows. */ |
| 2299 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 2300 | { |
| 2301 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it |
| 2302 | with the background color. Copy the image to it, using |
| 2303 | its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */ |
| 2304 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f); |
| 2305 | int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen); |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */ |
| 2308 | pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window, |
| 2309 | s->background_width, |
| 2310 | s->height, depth); |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the |
| 2313 | pixmap. */ |
| 2314 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */ |
| 2317 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 2318 | { |
| 2319 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2320 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2321 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 2322 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 2323 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 2324 | } |
| 2325 | else |
| 2326 | { |
| 2327 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2328 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, |
| 2329 | &xgcv); |
| 2330 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); |
| 2331 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 2332 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 2333 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 2334 | } |
| 2335 | } |
| 2336 | else |
| 2337 | #endif |
| 2338 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height); |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2341 | } |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | /* Draw the foreground. */ |
| 2344 | if (pixmap != 0) |
| 2345 | { |
| 2346 | w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap); |
| 2347 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2348 | { |
| 2349 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 2350 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 2351 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush); |
| 2352 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap); |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 2355 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 2356 | BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height, |
| 2357 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush); |
| 2360 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 2361 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 2362 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 2363 | } |
| 2364 | DeleteObject (pixmap); |
| 2365 | pixmap = 0; |
| 2366 | } |
| 2367 | else |
| 2368 | x_draw_image_foreground (s); |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 | /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */ |
| 2371 | if (s->img->relief |
| 2372 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 2373 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 2374 | x_draw_image_relief (s); |
| 2375 | } |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */ |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | static void |
| 2381 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s) |
| 2382 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2383 | { |
| 2384 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 2385 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR |
| 2388 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 2389 | { |
| 2390 | /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor |
| 2391 | as wide as the stretch glyph. */ |
| 2392 | int width = min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s->f), s->background_width); |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | /* Draw cursor. */ |
| 2395 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height); |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */ |
| 2398 | if (width < s->background_width) |
| 2399 | { |
| 2400 | XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2401 | int x = s->x + width, y = s->y; |
| 2402 | int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height; |
| 2403 | RECT r; |
| 2404 | HDC hdc = s->hdc; |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | if (s->row->mouse_face_p |
| 2407 | && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w)) |
| 2408 | { |
| 2409 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 2410 | gc = s->gc; |
| 2411 | } |
| 2412 | else |
| 2413 | gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 2416 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r); |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 2419 | if (s->face->stipple) |
| 2420 | { |
| 2421 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2422 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2423 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 2424 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid); |
| 2425 | } |
| 2426 | else |
| 2427 | #endif |
| 2428 | { |
| 2429 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h); |
| 2430 | } |
| 2431 | } |
| 2432 | } |
| 2433 | else if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 2434 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, |
| 2435 | s->height); |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2438 | } |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | /* Draw glyph string S. */ |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | static void |
| 2444 | x_draw_glyph_string (s) |
| 2445 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2446 | { |
| 2447 | int relief_drawn_p = 0; |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the |
| 2450 | background of the successor first so that S can draw into it. |
| 2451 | This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */ |
| 2452 | if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps) |
| 2453 | { |
| 2454 | xassert (s->next->img == NULL); |
| 2455 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next); |
| 2456 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next); |
| 2457 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1); |
| 2458 | } |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */ |
| 2461 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s); |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 | /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the |
| 2464 | glyph string can be drawn over it. */ |
| 2465 | if (!s->for_overlaps |
| 2466 | && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2467 | && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH |
| 2468 | || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH)) |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | { |
| 2471 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2472 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 2473 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 2474 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2475 | relief_drawn_p = 1; |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | else |
| 2478 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 | switch (s->first_glyph->type) |
| 2481 | { |
| 2482 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: |
| 2483 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s); |
| 2484 | break; |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: |
| 2487 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s); |
| 2488 | break; |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | case CHAR_GLYPH: |
| 2491 | if (s->for_overlaps) |
| 2492 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2493 | else |
| 2494 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0); |
| 2495 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 2496 | break; |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: |
| 2499 | if (s->for_overlaps || s->gidx > 0) |
| 2500 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2501 | else |
| 2502 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 2503 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 2504 | break; |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 | default: |
| 2507 | abort (); |
| 2508 | } |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | if (!s->for_overlaps) |
| 2511 | { |
| 2512 | /* Draw underline. */ |
| 2513 | if (s->face->underline_p |
| 2514 | && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmUnderlined)) |
| 2515 | { |
| 2516 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 2517 | unsigned long dy = s->height - h; |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | /* TODO: Use font information for positioning and thickness |
| 2520 | of underline. See OUTLINETEXTMETRIC, and xterm.c. |
| 2521 | Note: If you make this work, don't forget to change the |
| 2522 | doc string of x-use-underline-position-properties below. */ |
| 2523 | if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) |
| 2524 | { |
| 2525 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, |
| 2526 | s->y + dy, s->width, 1); |
| 2527 | } |
| 2528 | else |
| 2529 | { |
| 2530 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x, |
| 2531 | s->y + dy, s->width, 1); |
| 2532 | } |
| 2533 | } |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | /* Draw overline. */ |
| 2536 | if (s->face->overline_p) |
| 2537 | { |
| 2538 | unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1; |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p) |
| 2541 | { |
| 2542 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, |
| 2543 | s->y + dy, s->width, h); |
| 2544 | } |
| 2545 | else |
| 2546 | { |
| 2547 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->overline_color, s->x, |
| 2548 | s->y + dy, s->width, h); |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | } |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | /* Draw strike-through. */ |
| 2553 | if (s->face->strike_through_p |
| 2554 | && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmStruckOut)) |
| 2555 | { |
| 2556 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 2557 | unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2; |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p) |
| 2560 | { |
| 2561 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 2562 | s->width, h); |
| 2563 | } |
| 2564 | else |
| 2565 | { |
| 2566 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x, |
| 2567 | s->y + dy, s->width, h); |
| 2568 | } |
| 2569 | } |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | /* Draw relief. */ |
| 2572 | if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2573 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 2574 | } |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | /* Reset clipping. */ |
| 2577 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */ |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | void |
| 2584 | w32_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f, x, y, width, height, shift_by) |
| 2585 | struct frame *f; |
| 2586 | int x, y, width, height, shift_by; |
| 2587 | { |
| 2588 | HDC hdc; |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 2591 | BitBlt (hdc, x + shift_by, y, width, height, |
| 2592 | hdc, x, y, SRCCOPY); |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 2595 | } |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented |
| 2599 | for X frames. */ |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | static void |
| 2602 | x_delete_glyphs (n) |
| 2603 | register int n; |
| 2604 | { |
| 2605 | struct frame *f; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | if (updating_frame) |
| 2608 | f = updating_frame; |
| 2609 | else |
| 2610 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 2613 | return; |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | abort (); |
| 2616 | } |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that |
| 2620 | frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */ |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | static void |
| 2623 | x_clear_frame () |
| 2624 | { |
| 2625 | struct frame *f; |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | if (updating_frame) |
| 2628 | f = updating_frame; |
| 2629 | else |
| 2630 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 2633 | return; |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 | /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no |
| 2636 | longer visible. */ |
| 2637 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
| 2638 | output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0; |
| 2639 | output_cursor.x = -1; |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always |
| 2642 | follow an explicit cursor_to. */ |
| 2643 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 | w32_clear_window (f); |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed |
| 2648 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ |
| 2649 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2652 | } |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | \f |
| 2655 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | static void |
| 2658 | w32_ring_bell (void) |
| 2659 | { |
| 2660 | struct frame *f; |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && visible_bell) |
| 2667 | { |
| 2668 | int i; |
| 2669 | HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()); |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) |
| 2672 | { |
| 2673 | FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE); |
| 2674 | Sleep (10); |
| 2675 | } |
| 2676 | FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE); |
| 2677 | } |
| 2678 | else |
| 2679 | w32_sys_ring_bell (); |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2682 | } |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | \f |
| 2685 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, |
| 2686 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. |
| 2687 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update |
| 2688 | that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */ |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 | static void |
| 2691 | w32_set_terminal_window (n) |
| 2692 | register int n; |
| 2693 | { |
| 2694 | /* This function intentionally left blank. */ |
| 2695 | } |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | \f |
| 2698 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 2699 | Line Dance |
| 2700 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N |
| 2703 | lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | static void |
| 2706 | x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
| 2707 | int vpos, n; |
| 2708 | { |
| 2709 | struct frame *f; |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | if (updating_frame) |
| 2712 | f = updating_frame; |
| 2713 | else |
| 2714 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 2717 | return; |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | abort (); |
| 2720 | } |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */ |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | static void |
| 2726 | x_scroll_run (w, run) |
| 2727 | struct window *w; |
| 2728 | struct run *run; |
| 2729 | { |
| 2730 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 2731 | int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y; |
| 2732 | HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 2733 | HRGN expect_dirty; |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W, |
| 2736 | without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right |
| 2737 | fringes of W. */ |
| 2738 | window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height); |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y); |
| 2741 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y); |
| 2742 | bottom_y = y + height; |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | if (to_y < from_y) |
| 2745 | { |
| 2746 | /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode |
| 2747 | line at the bottom. */ |
| 2748 | if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 2749 | height = bottom_y - from_y; |
| 2750 | else |
| 2751 | height = run->height; |
| 2752 | expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y + height, x + width, bottom_y); |
| 2753 | } |
| 2754 | else |
| 2755 | { |
| 2756 | /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line. |
| 2757 | at the bottom. */ |
| 2758 | if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 2759 | height = bottom_y - to_y; |
| 2760 | else |
| 2761 | height = run->height; |
| 2762 | expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y, x + width, to_y); |
| 2763 | } |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */ |
| 2768 | updated_window = w; |
| 2769 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | { |
| 2772 | RECT from; |
| 2773 | RECT to; |
| 2774 | HRGN dirty = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 2775 | HRGN combined = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | from.left = to.left = x; |
| 2778 | from.right = to.right = x + width; |
| 2779 | from.top = from_y; |
| 2780 | from.bottom = from_y + height; |
| 2781 | to.top = y; |
| 2782 | to.bottom = bottom_y; |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | ScrollWindowEx (hwnd, 0, to_y - from_y, &from, &to, dirty, |
| 2785 | NULL, SW_INVALIDATE); |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | /* Combine this with what we expect to be dirty. This covers the |
| 2788 | case where not all of the region we expect is actually dirty. */ |
| 2789 | CombineRgn (combined, dirty, expect_dirty, RGN_OR); |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | /* If the dirty region is not what we expected, redraw the entire frame. */ |
| 2792 | if (!EqualRgn (combined, expect_dirty)) |
| 2793 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | DeleteObject (dirty); |
| 2796 | DeleteObject (combined); |
| 2797 | } |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2800 | DeleteObject (expect_dirty); |
| 2801 | } |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | \f |
| 2805 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 2806 | Exposure Events |
| 2807 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | static void |
| 2810 | frame_highlight (f) |
| 2811 | struct frame *f; |
| 2812 | { |
| 2813 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 2814 | } |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 | static void |
| 2817 | frame_unhighlight (f) |
| 2818 | struct frame *f; |
| 2819 | { |
| 2820 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 2821 | } |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
| 2824 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame |
| 2825 | here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
| 2826 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
| 2827 | Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | static void |
| 2830 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) |
| 2831 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2832 | struct frame *frame; |
| 2833 | { |
| 2834 | struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 2837 | { |
| 2838 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
| 2839 | the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */ |
| 2840 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame; |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) |
| 2843 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
| 2846 | pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 2847 | else |
| 2848 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 2849 | } |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); |
| 2852 | } |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME. |
| 2856 | If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts |
| 2857 | a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */ |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | static void |
| 2860 | x_focus_changed (type, state, dpyinfo, frame, bufp) |
| 2861 | int type; |
| 2862 | int state; |
| 2863 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2864 | struct frame *frame; |
| 2865 | struct input_event *bufp; |
| 2866 | { |
| 2867 | if (type == WM_SETFOCUS) |
| 2868 | { |
| 2869 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame != frame) |
| 2870 | { |
| 2871 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame); |
| 2872 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = frame; |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message |
| 2875 | for a switch-frame event we don't need. */ |
| 2876 | if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame) |
| 2877 | && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list) |
| 2878 | && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 2879 | { |
| 2880 | bufp->kind = FOCUS_IN_EVENT; |
| 2881 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, frame); |
| 2882 | } |
| 2883 | } |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | frame->output_data.x->focus_state |= state; |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | /* TODO: IME focus? */ |
| 2888 | } |
| 2889 | else if (type == WM_KILLFOCUS) |
| 2890 | { |
| 2891 | frame->output_data.x->focus_state &= ~state; |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame == frame) |
| 2894 | { |
| 2895 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 2896 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 2897 | } |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | /* TODO: IME focus? */ |
| 2900 | } |
| 2901 | } |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change, |
| 2905 | by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events. |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */ |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | static void |
| 2910 | w32_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, event, bufp) |
| 2911 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2912 | W32Msg *event; |
| 2913 | struct input_event *bufp; |
| 2914 | { |
| 2915 | struct frame *frame; |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | frame = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event->msg.hwnd); |
| 2918 | if (! frame) |
| 2919 | return; |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | /* On w32, this is only called from focus events, so no switch needed. */ |
| 2922 | x_focus_changed (event->msg.message, |
| 2923 | (event->msg.message == WM_KILLFOCUS ? |
| 2924 | FOCUS_IMPLICIT : FOCUS_EXPLICIT), |
| 2925 | dpyinfo, frame, bufp); |
| 2926 | } |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | void |
| 2932 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) |
| 2933 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2934 | { |
| 2935 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame); |
| 2936 | } |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
| 2939 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate |
| 2940 | mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which |
| 2943 | frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find |
| 2944 | the appropriate X display info. */ |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | static void |
| 2947 | w32_frame_rehighlight (frame) |
| 2948 | struct frame *frame; |
| 2949 | { |
| 2950 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame)) |
| 2951 | return; |
| 2952 | x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | static void |
| 2956 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) |
| 2957 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2958 | { |
| 2959 | struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame; |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 2962 | { |
| 2963 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame |
| 2964 | = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))) |
| 2965 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)) |
| 2966 | : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame); |
| 2967 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)) |
| 2968 | { |
| 2969 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil; |
| 2970 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 2971 | } |
| 2972 | } |
| 2973 | else |
| 2974 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
| 2977 | { |
| 2978 | if (old_highlight) |
| 2979 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
| 2980 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 2981 | frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame); |
| 2982 | } |
| 2983 | } |
| 2984 | \f |
| 2985 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */ |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | char * |
| 2990 | x_get_keysym_name (keysym) |
| 2991 | int keysym; |
| 2992 | { |
| 2993 | /* Make static so we can always return it */ |
| 2994 | static char value[100]; |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2997 | GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100); |
| 2998 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | return value; |
| 3001 | } |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | \f |
| 3005 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | /* Parse a button MESSAGE. The button index is returned in PBUTTON, and |
| 3008 | the state in PUP. XBUTTON provides extra information for extended mouse |
| 3009 | button messages. Returns FALSE if unable to parse the message. */ |
| 3010 | BOOL |
| 3011 | parse_button (message, xbutton, pbutton, pup) |
| 3012 | int message; |
| 3013 | int xbutton; |
| 3014 | int * pbutton; |
| 3015 | int * pup; |
| 3016 | { |
| 3017 | int button = 0; |
| 3018 | int up = 0; |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | switch (message) |
| 3021 | { |
| 3022 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
| 3023 | button = 0; |
| 3024 | up = 0; |
| 3025 | break; |
| 3026 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: |
| 3027 | button = 0; |
| 3028 | up = 1; |
| 3029 | break; |
| 3030 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: |
| 3031 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 3032 | button = 1; |
| 3033 | else |
| 3034 | button = 2; |
| 3035 | up = 0; |
| 3036 | break; |
| 3037 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: |
| 3038 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 3039 | button = 1; |
| 3040 | else |
| 3041 | button = 2; |
| 3042 | up = 1; |
| 3043 | break; |
| 3044 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: |
| 3045 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 3046 | button = 2; |
| 3047 | else |
| 3048 | button = 1; |
| 3049 | up = 0; |
| 3050 | break; |
| 3051 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: |
| 3052 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 3053 | button = 2; |
| 3054 | else |
| 3055 | button = 1; |
| 3056 | up = 1; |
| 3057 | break; |
| 3058 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
| 3059 | button = xbutton + 2; |
| 3060 | up = 0; |
| 3061 | break; |
| 3062 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: |
| 3063 | button = xbutton + 2; |
| 3064 | up = 1; |
| 3065 | break; |
| 3066 | default: |
| 3067 | return (FALSE); |
| 3068 | } |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | if (pup) *pup = up; |
| 3071 | if (pbutton) *pbutton = button; |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | return (TRUE); |
| 3074 | } |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed |
| 3080 | the mouse. */ |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | static Lisp_Object |
| 3083 | construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f) |
| 3084 | struct input_event *result; |
| 3085 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 3086 | struct frame *f; |
| 3087 | { |
| 3088 | int button; |
| 3089 | int up; |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | parse_button (msg->msg.message, HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam), |
| 3092 | &button, &up); |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide |
| 3095 | otherwise. */ |
| 3096 | result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 3097 | result->code = button; |
| 3098 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 3099 | result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers |
| 3100 | | (up |
| 3101 | ? up_modifier |
| 3102 | : down_modifier)); |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 | XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam)); |
| 3105 | XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam)); |
| 3106 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3107 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 3108 | return Qnil; |
| 3109 | } |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | static Lisp_Object |
| 3112 | construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f) |
| 3113 | struct input_event *result; |
| 3114 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 3115 | struct frame *f; |
| 3116 | { |
| 3117 | POINT p; |
| 3118 | int delta; |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | result->kind = WHEEL_EVENT; |
| 3121 | result->code = 0; |
| 3122 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | /* A WHEEL_DELTA positive value indicates that the wheel was rotated |
| 3125 | forward, away from the user (up); a negative value indicates that |
| 3126 | the wheel was rotated backward, toward the user (down). */ |
| 3127 | delta = GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM (msg->msg.wParam); |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | /* The up and down modifiers indicate if the wheel was rotated up or |
| 3130 | down based on WHEEL_DELTA value. */ |
| 3131 | result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers |
| 3132 | | ((delta < 0 ) ? down_modifier : up_modifier)); |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | /* With multiple monitors, we can legitimately get negative |
| 3135 | coordinates, so cast to short to interpret them correctly. */ |
| 3136 | p.x = (short) LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 3137 | p.y = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 3138 | ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p); |
| 3139 | XSETINT (result->x, p.x); |
| 3140 | XSETINT (result->y, p.y); |
| 3141 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3142 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 3143 | return Qnil; |
| 3144 | } |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | static Lisp_Object |
| 3147 | construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f) |
| 3148 | struct input_event *result; |
| 3149 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 3150 | struct frame *f; |
| 3151 | { |
| 3152 | Lisp_Object files; |
| 3153 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 3154 | HDROP hdrop; |
| 3155 | POINT p; |
| 3156 | WORD num_files; |
| 3157 | char *name; |
| 3158 | int i, len; |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | result->kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT; |
| 3161 | result->code = 0; |
| 3162 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 3163 | result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam; |
| 3166 | DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p); |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | #if 0 |
| 3169 | p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 3170 | p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 3171 | ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p); |
| 3172 | #endif |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | XSETINT (result->x, p.x); |
| 3175 | XSETINT (result->y, p.y); |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0); |
| 3178 | files = Qnil; |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++) |
| 3181 | { |
| 3182 | len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0); |
| 3183 | if (len <= 0) |
| 3184 | continue; |
| 3185 | name = alloca (len + 1); |
| 3186 | DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1); |
| 3187 | files = Fcons (DECODE_FILE (build_string (name)), files); |
| 3188 | } |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | DragFinish (hdrop); |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 3193 | result->frame_or_window = frame; |
| 3194 | result->arg = files; |
| 3195 | return Qnil; |
| 3196 | } |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | \f |
| 3199 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
| 3200 | The input handler calls this. |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. |
| 3203 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell |
| 3204 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for |
| 3205 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | static MSG last_mouse_motion_event; |
| 3208 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame; |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | static int |
| 3211 | note_mouse_movement (frame, msg) |
| 3212 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 3213 | MSG *msg; |
| 3214 | { |
| 3215 | int mouse_x = LOWORD (msg->lParam); |
| 3216 | int mouse_y = HIWORD (msg->lParam); |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time; |
| 3219 | memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event)); |
| 3220 | XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame); |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame)) |
| 3223 | { |
| 3224 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 3225 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3226 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); |
| 3227 | last_mouse_glyph_frame = 0; |
| 3228 | return 1; |
| 3229 | } |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
| 3232 | if (frame != last_mouse_glyph_frame |
| 3233 | || mouse_x < last_mouse_glyph.left |
| 3234 | || mouse_x >= last_mouse_glyph.right |
| 3235 | || mouse_y < last_mouse_glyph.top |
| 3236 | || mouse_y >= last_mouse_glyph.bottom) |
| 3237 | { |
| 3238 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 3239 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3240 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y); |
| 3241 | /* Remember the mouse position here, as w32_mouse_position only |
| 3242 | gets called when mouse tracking is enabled but we also need |
| 3243 | to keep track of the mouse for help_echo and highlighting at |
| 3244 | other times. */ |
| 3245 | remember_mouse_glyph (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y, &last_mouse_glyph); |
| 3246 | last_mouse_glyph_frame = frame; |
| 3247 | return 1; |
| 3248 | } |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | return 0; |
| 3251 | } |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | \f |
| 3254 | /************************************************************************ |
| 3255 | Mouse Face |
| 3256 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); |
| 3259 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); |
| 3260 | static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | static void |
| 3263 | redo_mouse_highlight () |
| 3264 | { |
| 3265 | if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame) |
| 3266 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame))) |
| 3267 | note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame), |
| 3268 | LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam), |
| 3269 | HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam)); |
| 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | void |
| 3273 | w32_define_cursor (window, cursor) |
| 3274 | Window window; |
| 3275 | Cursor cursor; |
| 3276 | { |
| 3277 | PostMessage (window, WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR, (WPARAM) cursor, 0); |
| 3278 | } |
| 3279 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
| 3280 | *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window, |
| 3283 | and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse |
| 3284 | is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
| 3285 | position on the scroll bar. |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the |
| 3288 | mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell |
| 3289 | the mouse is over. |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse |
| 3292 | was at this position. |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
| 3297 | movement. */ |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | static void |
| 3300 | w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 3301 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 3302 | int insist; |
| 3303 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 3304 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 3305 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 3306 | unsigned long *time; |
| 3307 | { |
| 3308 | FRAME_PTR f1; |
| 3309 | |
| 3310 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0) |
| 3313 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); |
| 3314 | else |
| 3315 | { |
| 3316 | POINT pt; |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ |
| 3321 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 3322 | XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 | GetCursorPos (&pt); |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 | /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window |
| 3329 | containing the pointer. */ |
| 3330 | { |
| 3331 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 3332 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 3333 | { |
| 3334 | /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame |
| 3335 | even if the mouse is now outside it. */ |
| 3336 | f1 = last_mouse_frame; |
| 3337 | } |
| 3338 | else |
| 3339 | { |
| 3340 | /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */ |
| 3341 | f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), |
| 3342 | WindowFromPoint (pt)); |
| 3343 | } |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ |
| 3346 | if (! f1) |
| 3347 | { |
| 3348 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 3349 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt)); |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | if (bar) |
| 3352 | { |
| 3353 | f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 3354 | } |
| 3355 | } |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0) |
| 3358 | f1 = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | if (f1) |
| 3361 | { |
| 3362 | /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. |
| 3363 | last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the |
| 3364 | generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion |
| 3365 | events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the |
| 3366 | size of the smallest character that could be displayed |
| 3367 | on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on |
| 3368 | the frame are divided into. */ |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt); |
| 3371 | remember_mouse_glyph (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &last_mouse_glyph); |
| 3372 | last_mouse_glyph_frame = f1; |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | *bar_window = Qnil; |
| 3375 | *part = 0; |
| 3376 | *fp = f1; |
| 3377 | XSETINT (*x, pt.x); |
| 3378 | XSETINT (*y, pt.y); |
| 3379 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 3380 | } |
| 3381 | } |
| 3382 | } |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3385 | } |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | \f |
| 3388 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 3389 | Tool-bars |
| 3390 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at |
| 3393 | frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress |
| 3394 | or ButtonRelase. */ |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | static void |
| 3397 | w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event) |
| 3398 | struct frame *f; |
| 3399 | struct input_event *button_event; |
| 3400 | { |
| 3401 | int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x); |
| 3402 | int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y); |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | if (button_event->modifiers & down_modifier) |
| 3405 | handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 1, 0); |
| 3406 | else |
| 3407 | handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 0, |
| 3408 | button_event->modifiers & ~up_modifier); |
| 3409 | } |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | \f |
| 3413 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 3414 | Scroll bars |
| 3415 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 | /* Scroll bar support. */ |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. |
| 3420 | This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark |
| 3421 | bits. */ |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 3424 | x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) |
| 3425 | Window window_id; |
| 3426 | { |
| 3427 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 | for (tail = Vframe_list; |
| 3430 | XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; |
| 3431 | tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 3432 | { |
| 3433 | Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | frame = XCAR (tail); |
| 3436 | /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ |
| 3437 | if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame)) |
| 3438 | abort (); |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the |
| 3441 | right window ID. */ |
| 3442 | condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 3443 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 3444 | /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and |
| 3445 | condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ |
| 3446 | ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, |
| 3447 | condemned = Qnil, |
| 3448 | ! GC_NILP (bar)); |
| 3449 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 3450 | if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
| 3451 | return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 3452 | } |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | return 0; |
| 3455 | } |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 | \f |
| 3459 | /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently |
| 3460 | displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | static void |
| 3463 | w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) |
| 3464 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3465 | int portion, position, whole; |
| 3466 | { |
| 3467 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 3468 | double range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 3469 | int sb_page, sb_pos; |
| 3470 | BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE; |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | if (whole) |
| 3473 | { |
| 3474 | /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the |
| 3475 | buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away |
| 3476 | to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */ |
| 3477 | if (position + portion >= whole) |
| 3478 | { |
| 3479 | sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole |
| 3480 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 3481 | sb_pos = range; |
| 3482 | } |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | sb_page = portion * range / whole + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 3485 | sb_pos = position * range / whole; |
| 3486 | } |
| 3487 | else |
| 3488 | { |
| 3489 | sb_page = range; |
| 3490 | sb_pos = 0; |
| 3491 | } |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 3496 | { |
| 3497 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3500 | /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce |
| 3501 | flicker effects. */ |
| 3502 | if (draggingp) |
| 3503 | si.fMask = SIF_PAGE; |
| 3504 | else |
| 3505 | si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
| 3506 | si.nPage = sb_page; |
| 3507 | si.nPos = sb_pos; |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, !draggingp); |
| 3510 | } |
| 3511 | else |
| 3512 | SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, sb_pos, !draggingp); |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3515 | } |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | \f |
| 3518 | /************************************************************************ |
| 3519 | Scroll bars, general |
| 3520 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | HWND |
| 3523 | my_create_scrollbar (f, bar) |
| 3524 | struct frame * f; |
| 3525 | struct scroll_bar * bar; |
| 3526 | { |
| 3527 | return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 3528 | WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f, |
| 3529 | (LPARAM) bar); |
| 3530 | } |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | /*#define ATTACH_THREADS*/ |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | static BOOL |
| 3535 | my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how) |
| 3536 | { |
| 3537 | #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 3538 | return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW, |
| 3539 | (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how); |
| 3540 | #else |
| 3541 | return ShowWindow (hwnd, how); |
| 3542 | #endif |
| 3543 | } |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | static void |
| 3546 | my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter, |
| 3547 | int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags) |
| 3548 | { |
| 3549 | #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 3550 | WINDOWPOS pos; |
| 3551 | pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter; |
| 3552 | pos.x = x; |
| 3553 | pos.y = y; |
| 3554 | pos.cx = cx; |
| 3555 | pos.cy = cy; |
| 3556 | pos.flags = flags; |
| 3557 | SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0); |
| 3558 | #else |
| 3559 | SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags); |
| 3560 | #endif |
| 3561 | } |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | static void |
| 3564 | my_set_focus (f, hwnd) |
| 3565 | struct frame * f; |
| 3566 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3567 | { |
| 3568 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS, |
| 3569 | (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 3570 | } |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | static void |
| 3573 | my_set_foreground_window (hwnd) |
| 3574 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3575 | { |
| 3576 | SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 3577 | } |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | static void |
| 3581 | my_destroy_window (f, hwnd) |
| 3582 | struct frame * f; |
| 3583 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3584 | { |
| 3585 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW, |
| 3586 | (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 3587 | } |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is |
| 3590 | the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT, |
| 3591 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the |
| 3592 | scroll bar. */ |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 3595 | x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height) |
| 3596 | struct window *w; |
| 3597 | int top, left, width, height; |
| 3598 | { |
| 3599 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 3600 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3601 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 3602 | = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w); |
| 3607 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 3608 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
| 3609 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); |
| 3610 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 3611 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); |
| 3612 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); |
| 3613 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */ |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar); |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 3620 | { |
| 3621 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3624 | si.fMask = SIF_ALL; |
| 3625 | si.nMin = 0; |
| 3626 | si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height) |
| 3627 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 3628 | si.nPage = si.nMax; |
| 3629 | si.nPos = 0; |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 3632 | } |
| 3633 | else |
| 3634 | { |
| 3635 | SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, |
| 3636 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE); |
| 3637 | SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE); |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd); |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ |
| 3643 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 3644 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 3645 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 3646 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 3647 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 | return bar; |
| 3652 | } |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to |
| 3656 | nil. */ |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | static void |
| 3659 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
| 3660 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3661 | { |
| 3662 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | /* Destroy the window. */ |
| 3667 | my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
| 3670 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3673 | } |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate |
| 3676 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE |
| 3677 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
| 3678 | create one. */ |
| 3679 | static void |
| 3680 | w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position) |
| 3681 | struct window *w; |
| 3682 | int portion, whole, position; |
| 3683 | { |
| 3684 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 3685 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3686 | int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width; |
| 3687 | int window_y, window_height; |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | /* Get window dimensions. */ |
| 3690 | window_box (w, -1, 0, &window_y, 0, &window_height); |
| 3691 | top = window_y; |
| 3692 | width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 3693 | height = window_height; |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */ |
| 3696 | left = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w); |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than |
| 3699 | the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */ |
| 3700 | if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w) > 0) |
| 3701 | sb_width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w); |
| 3702 | else |
| 3703 | sb_width = width; |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */ |
| 3706 | if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w)) |
| 3707 | sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 3708 | else |
| 3709 | sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
| 3712 | if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 3713 | { |
| 3714 | HDC hdc; |
| 3715 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3716 | if (width > 0 && height > 0) |
| 3717 | { |
| 3718 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 3719 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height); |
| 3720 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 3721 | } |
| 3722 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height); |
| 3725 | } |
| 3726 | else |
| 3727 | { |
| 3728 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ |
| 3729 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 3732 | hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */ |
| 3735 | if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left |
| 3736 | && XINT (bar->top) == top |
| 3737 | && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width |
| 3738 | && XINT (bar->height) == height ) |
| 3739 | { |
| 3740 | /* Redraw after clear_frame. */ |
| 3741 | if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL)) |
| 3742 | InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE); |
| 3743 | } |
| 3744 | else |
| 3745 | { |
| 3746 | HDC hdc; |
| 3747 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3748 | if (width && height) |
| 3749 | { |
| 3750 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 3751 | /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved |
| 3752 | for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */ |
| 3753 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, |
| 3754 | left, |
| 3755 | top, |
| 3756 | width, |
| 3757 | height); |
| 3758 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the |
| 3761 | area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */ |
| 3762 | my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE); |
| 3763 | MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 3764 | top, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 3765 | max (height, 1), TRUE); |
| 3766 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 3767 | { |
| 3768 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3771 | si.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
| 3772 | si.nMin = 0; |
| 3773 | si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height) |
| 3774 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 | pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 3777 | } |
| 3778 | else |
| 3779 | SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, |
| 3780 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE); |
| 3781 | my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL); |
| 3782 | /* InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); */ |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | /* Remember new settings. */ |
| 3785 | XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left); |
| 3786 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 3787 | XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width); |
| 3788 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3791 | } |
| 3792 | } |
| 3793 | w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 3796 | } |
| 3797 | |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
| 3800 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
| 3801 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
| 3802 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
| 3803 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay |
| 3804 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
| 3805 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
| 3808 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
| 3809 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */ |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 | static void |
| 3812 | w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 3813 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 3814 | { |
| 3815 | /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */ |
| 3816 | while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 3817 | { |
| 3818 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 3819 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 3820 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 3821 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 3822 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil; |
| 3823 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 3824 | XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar; |
| 3825 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar; |
| 3826 | } |
| 3827 | } |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 | /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle. |
| 3831 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | static void |
| 3834 | w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window) |
| 3835 | struct window *window; |
| 3836 | { |
| 3837 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3838 | struct frame *f; |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
| 3841 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 3842 | abort (); |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ |
| 3847 | f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 3848 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) |
| 3849 | { |
| 3850 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of |
| 3851 | the lists. */ |
| 3852 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 3853 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
| 3854 | return; |
| 3855 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
| 3856 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 3857 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; |
| 3858 | else |
| 3859 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of |
| 3860 | one or the other! */ |
| 3861 | abort (); |
| 3862 | } |
| 3863 | else |
| 3864 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 3867 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 3870 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 3871 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 3872 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 3873 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 3874 | } |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
| 3877 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 | static void |
| 3880 | w32_judge_scroll_bars (f) |
| 3881 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 3882 | { |
| 3883 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any |
| 3888 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
| 3889 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) |
| 3892 | { |
| 3893 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 | next = b->next; |
| 3898 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; |
| 3899 | } |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
| 3902 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
| 3906 | is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued. |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 3909 | mark bits. */ |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | static int |
| 3912 | w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event) |
| 3913 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3914 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 3915 | struct input_event *emacs_event; |
| 3916 | { |
| 3917 | if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window)) |
| 3918 | abort (); |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | emacs_event->kind = W32_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 3921 | emacs_event->code = 0; |
| 3922 | /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */ |
| 3923 | emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
| 3924 | emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
| 3925 | emacs_event->arg = Qnil; |
| 3926 | emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | { |
| 3929 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 3930 | int y; |
| 3931 | int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging); |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | if (pfnGetScrollInfo) |
| 3934 | { |
| 3935 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3938 | si.fMask = SIF_POS; |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si); |
| 3941 | y = si.nPos; |
| 3942 | } |
| 3943 | else |
| 3944 | y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL); |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | |
| 3949 | last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam; |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam)) |
| 3952 | { |
| 3953 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
| 3954 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 3955 | break; |
| 3956 | case SB_LINEUP: |
| 3957 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; |
| 3958 | break; |
| 3959 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
| 3960 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 3961 | break; |
| 3962 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
| 3963 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 3964 | break; |
| 3965 | case SB_TOP: |
| 3966 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3967 | y = 0; |
| 3968 | break; |
| 3969 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
| 3970 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3971 | y = top_range; |
| 3972 | break; |
| 3973 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
| 3974 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
| 3975 | if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff) |
| 3976 | y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam); |
| 3977 | bar->dragging = Qt; |
| 3978 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | /* "Silently" update current position. */ |
| 3981 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 3982 | { |
| 3983 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3986 | si.fMask = SIF_POS; |
| 3987 | si.nPos = y; |
| 3988 | /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real |
| 3989 | position, so don't set that directly. */ |
| 3990 | last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y; |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | else |
| 3995 | SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE); |
| 3996 | break; |
| 3997 | case SB_ENDSCROLL: |
| 3998 | /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll |
| 3999 | handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do |
| 4000 | nothing. */ |
| 4001 | if (dragging) |
| 4002 | { |
| 4003 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 4004 | { |
| 4005 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 4006 | int start = XINT (bar->start); |
| 4007 | int end = XINT (bar->end); |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 4010 | si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
| 4011 | si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 4012 | si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos; |
| 4013 | pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE); |
| 4014 | } |
| 4015 | else |
| 4016 | SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE); |
| 4017 | } |
| 4018 | /* fall through */ |
| 4019 | default: |
| 4020 | emacs_event->kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4021 | return FALSE; |
| 4022 | } |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 4025 | XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | return TRUE; |
| 4028 | } |
| 4029 | } |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse |
| 4032 | on the scroll bar. */ |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 | static void |
| 4035 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 4036 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 4037 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 4038 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 4039 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 4040 | unsigned long *time; |
| 4041 | { |
| 4042 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 4043 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 4044 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 4045 | int pos; |
| 4046 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | *fp = f; |
| 4051 | *bar_window = bar->window; |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | if (pfnGetScrollInfo) |
| 4054 | { |
| 4055 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 4058 | si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE; |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si); |
| 4061 | pos = si.nPos; |
| 4062 | top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1; |
| 4063 | } |
| 4064 | else |
| 4065 | pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL); |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos)) |
| 4068 | { |
| 4069 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
| 4070 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
| 4071 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 4072 | if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff) |
| 4073 | pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos); |
| 4074 | break; |
| 4075 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
| 4076 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 4077 | pos++; |
| 4078 | break; |
| 4079 | default: |
| 4080 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 4081 | break; |
| 4082 | } |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | XSETINT (*x, pos); |
| 4085 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 4088 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4093 | } |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or |
| 4097 | background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. |
| 4098 | Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can |
| 4099 | redraw them. */ |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 | void |
| 4102 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f) |
| 4103 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 4104 | { |
| 4105 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 | /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0, |
| 4108 | if we just turned off scroll bar mode. |
| 4109 | But in that case we should not clear them. */ |
| 4110 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 4111 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
| 4112 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 4113 | { |
| 4114 | HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)); |
| 4115 | HDC hdc = GetDC (window); |
| 4116 | RECT rect; |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move |
| 4119 | arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */ |
| 4120 | my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE); |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | GetClientRect (window, &rect); |
| 4123 | select_palette (f, hdc); |
| 4124 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect); |
| 4125 | deselect_palette (f, hdc); |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | ReleaseDC (window, hdc); |
| 4128 | } |
| 4129 | } |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 | \f |
| 4132 | /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */ |
| 4133 | |
| 4134 | /* Record the last 100 characters stored |
| 4135 | to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 | static int temp_index; |
| 4138 | static short temp_buffer[100]; |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 | /* Read events coming from the W32 shell. |
| 4142 | This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. |
| 4143 | We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, |
| 4146 | thus pretending to be `read'. |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 | Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the |
| 4151 | system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return |
| 4152 | the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them |
| 4153 | we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we |
| 4154 | will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate |
| 4155 | which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called |
| 4156 | recursively with different messages by the system. |
| 4157 | */ |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | int |
| 4160 | w32_read_socket (sd, expected, hold_quit) |
| 4161 | register int sd; |
| 4162 | int expected; |
| 4163 | struct input_event *hold_quit; |
| 4164 | { |
| 4165 | int count = 0; |
| 4166 | int check_visibility = 0; |
| 4167 | W32Msg msg; |
| 4168 | struct frame *f; |
| 4169 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
| 4172 | { |
| 4173 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
| 4174 | return -1; |
| 4175 | } |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
| 4178 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ |
| 4181 | input_signal_count++; |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | /* TODO: ghostscript integration. */ |
| 4184 | while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE)) |
| 4185 | { |
| 4186 | struct input_event inev; |
| 4187 | int do_help = 0; |
| 4188 | |
| 4189 | EVENT_INIT (inev); |
| 4190 | inev.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4191 | inev.arg = Qnil; |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | switch (msg.msg.message) |
| 4194 | { |
| 4195 | case WM_PAINT: |
| 4196 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | if (f) |
| 4199 | { |
| 4200 | if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left || |
| 4201 | msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top) |
| 4202 | { |
| 4203 | /* We may get paint messages even though the client |
| 4204 | area is clipped - these are not expose events. */ |
| 4205 | DebPrint (("clipped frame %p (%s) got WM_PAINT - ignored\n", f, |
| 4206 | SDATA (f->name))); |
| 4207 | } |
| 4208 | else if (f->async_visible != 1) |
| 4209 | { |
| 4210 | /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */ |
| 4211 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 4212 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 4213 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 4214 | DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) reexposed by WM_PAINT\n", f, |
| 4215 | SDATA (f->name))); |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report |
| 4218 | visibility changes properly. */ |
| 4219 | if (f->iconified) |
| 4220 | { |
| 4221 | inev.kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT; |
| 4222 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4223 | } |
| 4224 | else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) |
| 4225 | && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 4226 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the |
| 4227 | frame titles in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 4228 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 4229 | } |
| 4230 | else |
| 4231 | { |
| 4232 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | /* Erase background again for safety. */ |
| 4235 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect); |
| 4236 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 4237 | expose_frame (f, |
| 4238 | msg.rect.left, |
| 4239 | msg.rect.top, |
| 4240 | msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left, |
| 4241 | msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top); |
| 4242 | } |
| 4243 | } |
| 4244 | break; |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 | case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE: |
| 4247 | /* Generate a language change event. */ |
| 4248 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | if (f) |
| 4251 | { |
| 4252 | inev.kind = LANGUAGE_CHANGE_EVENT; |
| 4253 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4254 | inev.code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4255 | inev.modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff; |
| 4256 | } |
| 4257 | break; |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
| 4260 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
| 4261 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | if (f && !f->iconified) |
| 4264 | { |
| 4265 | if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight) |
| 4266 | && !EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 4267 | { |
| 4268 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4269 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1; |
| 4270 | } |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 4273 | temp_index = 0; |
| 4274 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4275 | inev.kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 4276 | inev.code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4277 | inev.modifiers = msg.dwModifiers; |
| 4278 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4279 | inev.timestamp = msg.msg.time; |
| 4280 | } |
| 4281 | break; |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
| 4284 | case WM_CHAR: |
| 4285 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 | if (f && !f->iconified) |
| 4288 | { |
| 4289 | if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight) |
| 4290 | && !EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 4291 | { |
| 4292 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4293 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1; |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 4297 | temp_index = 0; |
| 4298 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4299 | inev.kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 4300 | inev.code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4301 | inev.modifiers = msg.dwModifiers; |
| 4302 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4303 | inev.timestamp = msg.msg.time; |
| 4304 | } |
| 4305 | break; |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
| 4308 | /* Ignore non-movement. */ |
| 4309 | { |
| 4310 | int x = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4311 | int y = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4312 | if (x == last_mousemove_x && y == last_mousemove_y) |
| 4313 | break; |
| 4314 | last_mousemove_x = x; |
| 4315 | last_mousemove_y = y; |
| 4316 | } |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 | previous_help_echo_string = help_echo_string; |
| 4319 | help_echo_string = Qnil; |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 4322 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 4323 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 4324 | else |
| 4325 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden) |
| 4328 | { |
| 4329 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0; |
| 4330 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4331 | } |
| 4332 | |
| 4333 | if (f) |
| 4334 | { |
| 4335 | /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */ |
| 4336 | if (mouse_autoselect_window) |
| 4337 | { |
| 4338 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 4339 | int x = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4340 | int y = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | /* Window will be selected only when it is not |
| 4345 | selected now and last mouse movement event was |
| 4346 | not in it. Minibuffer window will be selected |
| 4347 | iff it is active. */ |
| 4348 | if (WINDOWP(window) |
| 4349 | && !EQ (window, last_window) |
| 4350 | && !EQ (window, selected_window)) |
| 4351 | { |
| 4352 | inev.kind = SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT; |
| 4353 | inev.frame_or_window = window; |
| 4354 | } |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | last_window=window; |
| 4357 | } |
| 4358 | if (!note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg)) |
| 4359 | help_echo_string = previous_help_echo_string; |
| 4360 | } |
| 4361 | else |
| 4362 | { |
| 4363 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 4364 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 4365 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4366 | } |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string |
| 4369 | has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */ |
| 4370 | #if 0 /* The below is an invalid comparison when USE_LISP_UNION_TYPE. |
| 4371 | But it was originally changed to this to fix a bug, so I have |
| 4372 | not removed it completely in case the bug is still there. */ |
| 4373 | if (help_echo_string != previous_help_echo_string || |
| 4374 | (!NILP (help_echo_string) && !STRINGP (help_echo_string) && f->mouse_moved)) |
| 4375 | #else /* This is what xterm.c does. */ |
| 4376 | if (!NILP (help_echo_string) |
| 4377 | || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string)) |
| 4378 | do_help = 1; |
| 4379 | #endif |
| 4380 | break; |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
| 4383 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: |
| 4384 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: |
| 4385 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: |
| 4386 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: |
| 4387 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: |
| 4388 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
| 4389 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: |
| 4390 | { |
| 4391 | /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen |
| 4392 | by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ |
| 4393 | int tool_bar_p = 0; |
| 4394 | int button; |
| 4395 | int up; |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 4398 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 4399 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 4400 | else |
| 4401 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | if (f) |
| 4404 | { |
| 4405 | construct_mouse_click (&inev, &msg, f); |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | /* Is this in the tool-bar? */ |
| 4408 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 4409 | && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))) |
| 4410 | { |
| 4411 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 4412 | int x = XFASTINT (inev.x); |
| 4413 | int y = XFASTINT (inev.y); |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 1); |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 | if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 4418 | { |
| 4419 | w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &inev); |
| 4420 | tool_bar_p = 1; |
| 4421 | } |
| 4422 | } |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | if (tool_bar_p |
| 4425 | || (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
| 4426 | && f != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)) |
| 4427 | inev.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4428 | } |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | parse_button (msg.msg.message, HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam), |
| 4431 | &button, &up); |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | if (up) |
| 4434 | { |
| 4435 | dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button); |
| 4436 | } |
| 4437 | else |
| 4438 | { |
| 4439 | dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button); |
| 4440 | last_mouse_frame = f; |
| 4441 | /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened |
| 4442 | before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement |
| 4443 | Emacs events should reflect only motion after |
| 4444 | the ButtonPress. */ |
| 4445 | if (f != 0) |
| 4446 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | if (!tool_bar_p) |
| 4449 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 4450 | } |
| 4451 | break; |
| 4452 | } |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: |
| 4455 | { |
| 4456 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 4457 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 4458 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 4459 | else |
| 4460 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | if (f) |
| 4463 | { |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
| 4466 | || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 4467 | { |
| 4468 | /* Emit an Emacs wheel-up/down event. */ |
| 4469 | construct_mouse_wheel (&inev, &msg, f); |
| 4470 | } |
| 4471 | /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this |
| 4472 | event; any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events |
| 4473 | should reflect only motion after the |
| 4474 | ButtonPress. */ |
| 4475 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 4476 | } |
| 4477 | last_mouse_frame = f; |
| 4478 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 4479 | } |
| 4480 | break; |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
| 4483 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | if (f) |
| 4486 | construct_drag_n_drop (&inev, &msg, f); |
| 4487 | break; |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | case WM_VSCROLL: |
| 4490 | { |
| 4491 | struct scroll_bar *bar = |
| 4492 | x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | if (bar) |
| 4495 | w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, &inev); |
| 4496 | break; |
| 4497 | } |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: |
| 4500 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4501 | if (f) |
| 4502 | { |
| 4503 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT) |
| 4504 | f->want_fullscreen &= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT|FULLSCREEN_BOTH); |
| 4505 | } |
| 4506 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4507 | break; |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
| 4510 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
| 4511 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4512 | if (f) |
| 4513 | x_check_fullscreen (f); |
| 4514 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4515 | break; |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | case WM_MOVE: |
| 4518 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | if (f && !f->async_iconified) |
| 4521 | { |
| 4522 | int x, y; |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 4525 | f->left_pos = x; |
| 4526 | f->top_pos = y; |
| 4527 | } |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4530 | break; |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
| 4533 | /* wParam non-zero means Window is about to be shown, 0 means |
| 4534 | about to be hidden. */ |
| 4535 | /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */ |
| 4536 | if (!msg.msg.wParam && msg.msg.hwnd == tip_window) |
| 4537 | { |
| 4538 | tip_window = NULL; |
| 4539 | redo_mouse_highlight (); |
| 4540 | } |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window |
| 4543 | being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck |
| 4544 | visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own |
| 4545 | windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */ |
| 4546 | #if 0 |
| 4547 | if (msg.msg.lParam != 0) |
| 4548 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4549 | else |
| 4550 | { |
| 4551 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4552 | f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4553 | } |
| 4554 | #endif |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4557 | break; |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | case WM_SIZE: |
| 4560 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */ |
| 4563 | if (f) |
| 4564 | { |
| 4565 | switch (msg.msg.wParam) |
| 4566 | { |
| 4567 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: |
| 4568 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 4569 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | inev.kind = ICONIFY_EVENT; |
| 4572 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4573 | break; |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: |
| 4576 | case SIZE_RESTORED: |
| 4577 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 4578 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 | /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update |
| 4581 | the frame's display structures. */ |
| 4582 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | if (f->iconified) |
| 4585 | { |
| 4586 | int x, y; |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | /* Reset top and left positions of the Window |
| 4589 | here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message |
| 4590 | BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized |
| 4591 | when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000 |
| 4592 | as the co-ords. */ |
| 4593 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 4594 | f->left_pos = x; |
| 4595 | f->top_pos = y; |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | inev.kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT; |
| 4598 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4599 | } |
| 4600 | else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) |
| 4601 | && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 4602 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later |
| 4603 | to update the frame titles |
| 4604 | in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 4605 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 4606 | break; |
| 4607 | } |
| 4608 | } |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 | if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED) |
| 4611 | { |
| 4612 | RECT rect; |
| 4613 | int rows; |
| 4614 | int columns; |
| 4615 | int width; |
| 4616 | int height; |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect); |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | height = rect.bottom - rect.top; |
| 4621 | width = rect.right - rect.left; |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, height); |
| 4624 | columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, width); |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */ |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has |
| 4629 | not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need |
| 4630 | to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 | if (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
| 4633 | || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
| 4634 | || width != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 4635 | || height != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 4636 | { |
| 4637 | change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
| 4638 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 4639 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 4640 | FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = width; |
| 4641 | FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = height; |
| 4642 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 4643 | } |
| 4644 | } |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4647 | break; |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
| 4650 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4651 | if (f) |
| 4652 | { |
| 4653 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 4654 | { |
| 4655 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 4656 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 4657 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4658 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 4659 | } |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo. |
| 4662 | Do it only if there's something to cancel. |
| 4663 | Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when |
| 4664 | the mouse leaves the frame. */ |
| 4665 | if (any_help_event_p) |
| 4666 | do_help = -1; |
| 4667 | } |
| 4668 | break; |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
| 4671 | w32_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &msg, &inev); |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 4674 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4675 | break; |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
| 4678 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | if (f) |
| 4681 | { |
| 4682 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame) |
| 4683 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 4686 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 4689 | { |
| 4690 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 4691 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 4692 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4693 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 4694 | } |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 | /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo. |
| 4697 | Do it only if there's something to cancel. |
| 4698 | Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when |
| 4699 | the mouse leaves the frame. */ |
| 4700 | if (any_help_event_p) |
| 4701 | do_help = -1; |
| 4702 | } |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 4705 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4706 | break; |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | case WM_CLOSE: |
| 4709 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 | if (f) |
| 4712 | { |
| 4713 | inev.kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT; |
| 4714 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4715 | } |
| 4716 | break; |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 | case WM_INITMENU: |
| 4719 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 | if (f) |
| 4722 | { |
| 4723 | inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; |
| 4724 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4725 | } |
| 4726 | break; |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 | case WM_COMMAND: |
| 4729 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | if (f) |
| 4732 | { |
| 4733 | extern void menubar_selection_callback |
| 4734 | (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data); |
| 4735 | menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam); |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4739 | break; |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
| 4742 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | if (f) |
| 4745 | { |
| 4746 | dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4747 | dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4748 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4749 | DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width, |
| 4750 | dpyinfo->height)); |
| 4751 | } |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4754 | break; |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | default: |
| 4757 | /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */ |
| 4758 | if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel) |
| 4759 | { |
| 4760 | /* Forward MSH_MOUSEWHEEL as WM_MOUSEWHEEL. */ |
| 4761 | msg.msg.message = WM_MOUSEWHEEL; |
| 4762 | prepend_msg (&msg); |
| 4763 | } |
| 4764 | break; |
| 4765 | } |
| 4766 | |
| 4767 | if (inev.kind != NO_EVENT) |
| 4768 | { |
| 4769 | kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev, hold_quit); |
| 4770 | count++; |
| 4771 | } |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 | if (do_help |
| 4774 | && !(hold_quit && hold_quit->kind != NO_EVENT)) |
| 4775 | { |
| 4776 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 | if (f) |
| 4779 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 4780 | else |
| 4781 | frame = Qnil; |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | if (do_help > 0) |
| 4784 | { |
| 4785 | if (NILP (help_echo_string)) |
| 4786 | { |
| 4787 | help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 4788 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 4789 | } |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | any_help_event_p = 1; |
| 4792 | gen_help_event (help_echo_string, frame, help_echo_window, |
| 4793 | help_echo_object, help_echo_pos); |
| 4794 | } |
| 4795 | else |
| 4796 | { |
| 4797 | help_echo_string = Qnil; |
| 4798 | gen_help_event (Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0); |
| 4799 | } |
| 4800 | count++; |
| 4801 | } |
| 4802 | } |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 | /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, |
| 4805 | raise it now. */ |
| 4806 | /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ |
| 4807 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
| 4808 | { |
| 4809 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); |
| 4810 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 4811 | } |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 | /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user |
| 4814 | events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We |
| 4815 | do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct |
| 4816 | notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has |
| 4817 | changed (at least, not in all cases). */ |
| 4818 | if (count > 0 || check_visibility) |
| 4819 | { |
| 4820 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 4823 | { |
| 4824 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame); |
| 4825 | /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid the |
| 4826 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */ |
| 4827 | if (EQ (frame, tip_frame)) |
| 4828 | continue; |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 | /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not. |
| 4831 | Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and |
| 4832 | obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */ |
| 4833 | if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible) |
| 4834 | { |
| 4835 | RECT clipbox; |
| 4836 | HDC hdc; |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 | enter_crit (); |
| 4839 | /* Query clipping rectangle for the entire window area |
| 4840 | (GetWindowDC), not just the client portion (GetDC). |
| 4841 | Otherwise, the scrollbars and menubar aren't counted as |
| 4842 | part of the visible area of the frame, and we may think |
| 4843 | the frame is obscured when really a scrollbar is still |
| 4844 | visible and gets WM_PAINT messages above. */ |
| 4845 | hdc = GetWindowDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 4846 | GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox); |
| 4847 | ReleaseDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), hdc); |
| 4848 | leave_crit (); |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 | if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left |
| 4851 | || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top) |
| 4852 | { |
| 4853 | /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as |
| 4854 | such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so |
| 4855 | that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay |
| 4856 | will skip it). */ |
| 4857 | f->async_visible = 2; |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)) |
| 4860 | { |
| 4861 | DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) obscured\n", f, |
| 4862 | SDATA (f->name))); |
| 4863 | } |
| 4864 | } |
| 4865 | else |
| 4866 | { |
| 4867 | /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */ |
| 4868 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 | if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)) |
| 4871 | { |
| 4872 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 4873 | DebPrint (("obscured frame %p (%s) found to be visible\n", f, |
| 4874 | SDATA (f->name))); |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */ |
| 4877 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 4878 | } |
| 4879 | } |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | } |
| 4882 | } |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4885 | return count; |
| 4886 | } |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | \f |
| 4890 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 4891 | Text Cursor |
| 4892 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which |
| 4895 | we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in. |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be |
| 4898 | clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display, |
| 4899 | mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */ |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | static void |
| 4902 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, area, hdc) |
| 4903 | struct window *w; |
| 4904 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4905 | int area; |
| 4906 | HDC hdc; |
| 4907 | { |
| 4908 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 4909 | RECT clip_rect; |
| 4910 | int window_x, window_y, window_width; |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | window_box (w, area, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, 0); |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | clip_rect.left = window_x; |
| 4915 | clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 4916 | clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y); |
| 4917 | clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width; |
| 4918 | clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height; |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect); |
| 4921 | } |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */ |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | static void |
| 4927 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row) |
| 4928 | struct window *w; |
| 4929 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4930 | { |
| 4931 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 4932 | HDC hdc; |
| 4933 | RECT rect; |
| 4934 | int h; |
| 4935 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 4936 | HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel); |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because |
| 4939 | the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */ |
| 4940 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 4941 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 4942 | return; |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 | /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */ |
| 4945 | rect.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 4946 | rect.top = get_phys_cursor_geometry (w, row, cursor_glyph, &h); |
| 4947 | rect.bottom = rect.top + h; |
| 4948 | rect.right = rect.left + w->phys_cursor_width; |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 4951 | /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */ |
| 4952 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, hdc); |
| 4953 | FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb); |
| 4954 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 4955 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 4956 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 4957 | } |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 | Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an |
| 4963 | angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE. |
| 4964 | Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set. |
| 4965 | --gerd. */ |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | static void |
| 4968 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width, kind) |
| 4969 | struct window *w; |
| 4970 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4971 | int width; |
| 4972 | enum text_cursor_kinds kind; |
| 4973 | { |
| 4974 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4975 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 4976 | int x; |
| 4977 | HDC hdc; |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 | /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen |
| 4980 | in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs |
| 4981 | and mini-buffer. */ |
| 4982 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 4983 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 4984 | return; |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better |
| 4987 | visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that |
| 4988 | the bar might not be in the window. */ |
| 4989 | if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
| 4990 | { |
| 4991 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4992 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos); |
| 4993 | draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 4994 | } |
| 4995 | else |
| 4996 | { |
| 4997 | COLORREF cursor_color = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel; |
| 4998 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id); |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw |
| 5001 | the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is |
| 5002 | invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this |
| 5003 | case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so |
| 5004 | that the glyph is legible. */ |
| 5005 | if (face->background == cursor_color) |
| 5006 | cursor_color = face->foreground; |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | if (width < 0) |
| 5011 | width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f); |
| 5012 | width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width); |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | w->phys_cursor_width = width; |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 5018 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, hdc); |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 | if (kind == BAR_CURSOR) |
| 5021 | { |
| 5022 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x, |
| 5023 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y), |
| 5024 | width, row->height); |
| 5025 | } |
| 5026 | else |
| 5027 | { |
| 5028 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x, |
| 5029 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y + |
| 5030 | row->height - width), |
| 5031 | cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width); |
| 5032 | } |
| 5033 | |
| 5034 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 5035 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 5036 | } |
| 5037 | } |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 | /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */ |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | static void |
| 5043 | w32_define_frame_cursor (f, cursor) |
| 5044 | struct frame *f; |
| 5045 | Cursor cursor; |
| 5046 | { |
| 5047 | w32_define_cursor (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor); |
| 5048 | } |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */ |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 | static void |
| 5054 | w32_clear_frame_area (f, x, y, width, height) |
| 5055 | struct frame *f; |
| 5056 | int x, y, width, height; |
| 5057 | { |
| 5058 | HDC hdc; |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 5061 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x, y, width, height); |
| 5062 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 5063 | } |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 | /* RIF: Draw or clear cursor on window W. */ |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | static void |
| 5068 | w32_draw_window_cursor (w, glyph_row, x, y, cursor_type, cursor_width, on_p, active_p) |
| 5069 | struct window *w; |
| 5070 | struct glyph_row *glyph_row; |
| 5071 | int x, y; |
| 5072 | int cursor_type, cursor_width; |
| 5073 | int on_p, active_p; |
| 5074 | { |
| 5075 | if (on_p) |
| 5076 | { |
| 5077 | /* If the user wants to use the system caret, make sure our own |
| 5078 | cursor remains invisible. */ |
| 5079 | if (w32_use_visible_system_caret) |
| 5080 | { |
| 5081 | /* Call to erase_phys_cursor here seems to use the |
| 5082 | wrong values of w->phys_cursor, as they have been |
| 5083 | overwritten before this function was called. */ |
| 5084 | if (w->phys_cursor_type != NO_CURSOR) |
| 5085 | erase_phys_cursor (w); |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | cursor_type = w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 5088 | w->phys_cursor_width = -1; |
| 5089 | } |
| 5090 | else |
| 5091 | { |
| 5092 | w->phys_cursor_type = cursor_type; |
| 5093 | } |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1; |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | /* If this is the active cursor, we need to track it with the |
| 5098 | system caret, so third party software like screen magnifiers |
| 5099 | and speech synthesizers can follow the cursor. */ |
| 5100 | if (active_p) |
| 5101 | { |
| 5102 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 5103 | HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | w32_system_caret_x |
| 5106 | = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 5107 | w32_system_caret_y |
| 5108 | = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y) |
| 5109 | + glyph_row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent); |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | /* If the size of the active cursor changed, destroy the old |
| 5112 | system caret. */ |
| 5113 | if (w32_system_caret_hwnd |
| 5114 | && (w32_system_caret_height != w->phys_cursor_height)) |
| 5115 | PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | w32_system_caret_height = w->phys_cursor_height; |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 | /* Move the system caret. */ |
| 5120 | PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 5121 | } |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | if (glyph_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
| 5124 | && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 5125 | { |
| 5126 | glyph_row->cursor_in_fringe_p = 1; |
| 5127 | draw_fringe_bitmap (w, glyph_row, 0); |
| 5128 | return; |
| 5129 | } |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | switch (cursor_type) |
| 5132 | { |
| 5133 | case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 5134 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row); |
| 5135 | break; |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 | case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 5138 | draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 5139 | break; |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | case BAR_CURSOR: |
| 5142 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR); |
| 5143 | break; |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | case HBAR_CURSOR: |
| 5146 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR); |
| 5147 | break; |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | case NO_CURSOR: |
| 5150 | w->phys_cursor_width = 0; |
| 5151 | break; |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | default: |
| 5154 | abort (); |
| 5155 | } |
| 5156 | } |
| 5157 | } |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | \f |
| 5161 | /* Icons. */ |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | int |
| 5164 | x_bitmap_icon (f, icon) |
| 5165 | struct frame *f; |
| 5166 | Lisp_Object icon; |
| 5167 | { |
| 5168 | HANDLE main_icon; |
| 5169 | HANDLE small_icon = NULL; |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 5172 | return 1; |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | if (NILP (icon)) |
| 5175 | main_icon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); |
| 5176 | else if (STRINGP (icon)) |
| 5177 | { |
| 5178 | /* Load the main icon from the named file. */ |
| 5179 | main_icon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0, |
| 5180 | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE); |
| 5181 | /* Try to load a small icon to go with it. */ |
| 5182 | small_icon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, |
| 5183 | GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSMICON), |
| 5184 | GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSMICON), |
| 5185 | LR_LOADFROMFILE); |
| 5186 | } |
| 5187 | else if (SYMBOLP (icon)) |
| 5188 | { |
| 5189 | LPCTSTR name; |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | if (EQ (icon, intern ("application"))) |
| 5192 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION; |
| 5193 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand"))) |
| 5194 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND; |
| 5195 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question"))) |
| 5196 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION; |
| 5197 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation"))) |
| 5198 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION; |
| 5199 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk"))) |
| 5200 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK; |
| 5201 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo"))) |
| 5202 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO; |
| 5203 | else |
| 5204 | return 1; |
| 5205 | |
| 5206 | main_icon = LoadIcon (NULL, name); |
| 5207 | } |
| 5208 | else |
| 5209 | return 1; |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | if (main_icon == NULL) |
| 5212 | return 1; |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG, |
| 5215 | (LPARAM) main_icon); |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | /* If there is a small icon that goes with it, set that too. */ |
| 5218 | if (small_icon) |
| 5219 | PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_SMALL, |
| 5220 | (LPARAM) small_icon); |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 | return 0; |
| 5223 | } |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 | \f |
| 5226 | /************************************************************************ |
| 5227 | Handling X errors |
| 5228 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here |
| 5231 | helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c. |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | x_error_catcher (display, error) |
| 5234 | x_catch_errors (dpy) |
| 5235 | x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val) |
| 5236 | x_check_errors (dpy, format) |
| 5237 | x_fully_uncatch_errors () |
| 5238 | x_catching_errors () |
| 5239 | x_had_errors_p (dpy) |
| 5240 | x_clear_errors (dpy) |
| 5241 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count) |
| 5242 | x_trace_wire () |
| 5243 | x_connection_signal (signalnum) |
| 5244 | x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message) |
| 5245 | x_error_quitter (display, error) |
| 5246 | x_error_handler (display, error) |
| 5247 | x_io_error_quitter (display) |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | */ |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 | \f |
| 5252 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and |
| 5255 | return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard |
| 5256 | pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. |
| 5257 | The return value shows which font we chose. */ |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | Lisp_Object |
| 5260 | x_new_font (f, fontname) |
| 5261 | struct frame *f; |
| 5262 | register char *fontname; |
| 5263 | { |
| 5264 | struct font_info *fontp |
| 5265 | = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1); |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | if (!fontp) |
| 5268 | return Qnil; |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font); |
| 5271 | FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset; |
| 5272 | FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1; |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) = fontp->average_width; |
| 5275 | FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f) = fontp->space_width; |
| 5276 | FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | compute_fringe_widths (f, 1); |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
| 5281 | if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0) |
| 5282 | { |
| 5283 | int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 5284 | FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) |
| 5285 | = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + wid-1) / wid; |
| 5286 | } |
| 5287 | else |
| 5288 | { |
| 5289 | int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 5290 | FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (14 + wid - 1) / wid; |
| 5291 | } |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
| 5294 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
| 5295 | { |
| 5296 | if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f) |
| 5297 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
| 5298 | } |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | return build_string (fontp->full_name); |
| 5301 | } |
| 5302 | \f |
| 5303 | /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and |
| 5304 | return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard |
| 5305 | pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern. |
| 5306 | The return value shows which fontset we chose. */ |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | Lisp_Object |
| 5309 | x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname) |
| 5310 | struct frame *f; |
| 5311 | char *fontsetname; |
| 5312 | { |
| 5313 | int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0); |
| 5314 | Lisp_Object result; |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | if (fontset < 0) |
| 5317 | return Qnil; |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 | if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset) |
| 5320 | /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more |
| 5321 | to do. */ |
| 5322 | return fontset_name (fontset); |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | result = x_new_font (f, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset)))); |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | if (!STRINGP (result)) |
| 5327 | /* Can't load ASCII font. */ |
| 5328 | return Qnil; |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */ |
| 5331 | FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset; |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 | return build_string (fontsetname); |
| 5334 | } |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | \f |
| 5337 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5338 | TODO: W32 Input Methods |
| 5339 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5340 | /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step. |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data) |
| 5343 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 5344 | struct xim_inst_t |
| 5345 | xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data) |
| 5346 | xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 5347 | xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo) |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | */ |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 | \f |
| 5352 | /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F |
| 5353 | from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 | void |
| 5356 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
| 5357 | struct frame *f; |
| 5358 | { |
| 5359 | int flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost |
| 5362 | position that fits on the screen. */ |
| 5363 | if (flags & XNegative) |
| 5364 | f->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width |
| 5365 | - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 5366 | + f->left_pos); |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | if (flags & YNegative) |
| 5369 | f->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height |
| 5370 | - FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
| 5371 | + f->top_pos); |
| 5372 | /* The left_pos and top_pos |
| 5373 | are now relative to the top and left screen edges, |
| 5374 | so the flags should correspond. */ |
| 5375 | f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 5376 | } |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
| 5379 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from |
| 5380 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current |
| 5381 | position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, |
| 5382 | which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 | void |
| 5385 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
| 5386 | struct frame *f; |
| 5387 | register int xoff, yoff; |
| 5388 | int change_gravity; |
| 5389 | { |
| 5390 | int modified_top, modified_left; |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | if (change_gravity > 0) |
| 5393 | { |
| 5394 | f->top_pos = yoff; |
| 5395 | f->left_pos = xoff; |
| 5396 | f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 5397 | if (xoff < 0) |
| 5398 | f->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; |
| 5399 | if (yoff < 0) |
| 5400 | f->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; |
| 5401 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 5402 | } |
| 5403 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5406 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 | modified_left = f->left_pos; |
| 5409 | modified_top = f->top_pos; |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5412 | NULL, |
| 5413 | modified_left, modified_top, |
| 5414 | 0, 0, |
| 5415 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5416 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5417 | } |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request. |
| 5421 | If so needed, resize the frame. */ |
| 5422 | static void |
| 5423 | x_check_fullscreen (f) |
| 5424 | struct frame *f; |
| 5425 | { |
| 5426 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_BOTH) |
| 5427 | { |
| 5428 | int width, height, ign; |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos); |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | x_fullscreen_adjust (f, &width, &height, &ign, &ign); |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of |
| 5435 | when setting WM manager hints. */ |
| 5436 | if (FRAME_COLS (f) != width || FRAME_LINES (f) != height) |
| 5437 | { |
| 5438 | change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
| 5439 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 5440 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */ |
| 5443 | f->want_fullscreen |= FULLSCREEN_WAIT; |
| 5444 | } |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | } |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
| 5449 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity |
| 5450 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. |
| 5451 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | void |
| 5454 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
| 5455 | struct frame *f; |
| 5456 | int change_gravity; |
| 5457 | int cols, rows; |
| 5458 | { |
| 5459 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
| 5464 | f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
| 5465 | = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 | compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
| 5470 | pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 5473 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | { |
| 5476 | RECT rect; |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 | rect.left = rect.top = 0; |
| 5479 | rect.right = pixelwidth; |
| 5480 | rect.bottom = pixelheight; |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle, |
| 5483 | FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)); |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5486 | NULL, |
| 5487 | 0, 0, |
| 5488 | rect.right - rect.left, |
| 5489 | rect.bottom - rect.top, |
| 5490 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5491 | } |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 | /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, |
| 5494 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size |
| 5495 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the |
| 5496 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, |
| 5499 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that |
| 5500 | might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes |
| 5501 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random |
| 5502 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 | We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of |
| 5505 | a BLOCK_INPUT. */ |
| 5506 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
| 5507 | FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
| 5508 | FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
| 5511 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
| 5512 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
| 5513 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
| 5514 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
| 5517 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, |
| 5520 | since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. |
| 5521 | Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, |
| 5522 | so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ |
| 5523 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5526 | } |
| 5527 | \f |
| 5528 | /* Mouse warping. */ |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 | void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y); |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 | void |
| 5533 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
| 5534 | struct frame *f; |
| 5535 | int x, y; |
| 5536 | { |
| 5537 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 | pix_x = FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f, x) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) / 2; |
| 5540 | pix_y = FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f, y) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) / 2; |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; |
| 5543 | if (pix_x > FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; |
| 5546 | if (pix_y > FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 5549 | } |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | void |
| 5552 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) |
| 5553 | struct frame *f; |
| 5554 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 5555 | { |
| 5556 | RECT rect; |
| 5557 | POINT pt; |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect); |
| 5562 | pt.x = rect.left + pix_x; |
| 5563 | pt.y = rect.top + pix_y; |
| 5564 | ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt); |
| 5565 | |
| 5566 | SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y); |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5569 | } |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 | \f |
| 5572 | /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | void |
| 5575 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
| 5576 | struct frame *f; |
| 5577 | { |
| 5578 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 | /* Give input focus to frame. */ |
| 5581 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5582 | #if 0 |
| 5583 | /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */ |
| 5584 | if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ())) |
| 5585 | my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5586 | else |
| 5587 | #endif |
| 5588 | my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5589 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5590 | } |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | void |
| 5593 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
| 5594 | struct frame *f; |
| 5595 | { |
| 5596 | } |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
| 5599 | void |
| 5600 | x_raise_frame (f) |
| 5601 | struct frame *f; |
| 5602 | { |
| 5603 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z |
| 5606 | order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour |
| 5607 | on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this |
| 5608 | behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is |
| 5609 | click-to-focus. |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 | On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets |
| 5612 | input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be |
| 5613 | completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it |
| 5614 | is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually |
| 5615 | click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move |
| 5616 | point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program |
| 5617 | raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now |
| 5618 | completely obscured) with input focus. |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user |
| 5621 | to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics |
| 5622 | optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */ |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 | if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise)) |
| 5625 | { |
| 5626 | /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is |
| 5627 | not already the foreground application: the frame is raised |
| 5628 | above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the |
| 5629 | current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this |
| 5630 | more cumbersome method. */ |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2); |
| 5633 | if (handle) |
| 5634 | { |
| 5635 | DeferWindowPos (handle, |
| 5636 | FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5637 | HWND_TOP, |
| 5638 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 5639 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | DeferWindowPos (handle, |
| 5642 | GetForegroundWindow (), |
| 5643 | FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5644 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 5645 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | EndDeferWindowPos (handle); |
| 5648 | } |
| 5649 | } |
| 5650 | else |
| 5651 | { |
| 5652 | my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5653 | } |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5656 | } |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
| 5659 | void |
| 5660 | x_lower_frame (f) |
| 5661 | struct frame *f; |
| 5662 | { |
| 5663 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5664 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5665 | HWND_BOTTOM, |
| 5666 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 5667 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5668 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5669 | } |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | static void |
| 5672 | w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag) |
| 5673 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 5674 | int raise_flag; |
| 5675 | { |
| 5676 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 5677 | return; |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 | if (raise_flag) |
| 5680 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 5681 | else |
| 5682 | x_lower_frame (f); |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | \f |
| 5685 | /* Change of visibility. */ |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. |
| 5688 | However, if the window manager asks the user where to position |
| 5689 | the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. |
| 5690 | The frame will not actually be visible at that time, |
| 5691 | but it will become visible later when the window manager |
| 5692 | finishes with it. */ |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | void |
| 5695 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
| 5696 | struct frame *f; |
| 5697 | { |
| 5698 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 5703 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 5704 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 5707 | { |
| 5708 | /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't |
| 5709 | call x_set_offset a second time |
| 5710 | if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time |
| 5711 | before the window gets really visible. */ |
| 5712 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 5713 | && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible) |
| 5714 | x_set_offset (f, f->left_pos, f->top_pos, 0); |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1; |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | /* my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); */ |
| 5719 | my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL); |
| 5720 | } |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
| 5723 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked |
| 5724 | so that incoming events are handled. */ |
| 5725 | { |
| 5726 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 5727 | int count; |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ |
| 5730 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5731 | |
| 5732 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a |
| 5735 | MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a |
| 5736 | MapNotify at all.. */ |
| 5737 | for (count = input_signal_count + 10; |
| 5738 | input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);) |
| 5739 | { |
| 5740 | /* Force processing of queued events. */ |
| 5741 | /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */ |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed |
| 5744 | to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal |
| 5745 | to let the handler know that there's something to be read. |
| 5746 | We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler |
| 5747 | isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */ |
| 5748 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
| 5749 | { |
| 5750 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing |
| 5751 | the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */ |
| 5752 | int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count; |
| 5753 | poll_suppress_count = 1; |
| 5754 | poll_for_input_1 (); |
| 5755 | poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count; |
| 5756 | } |
| 5757 | } |
| 5758 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 5759 | } |
| 5760 | } |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
| 5767 | struct frame *f; |
| 5768 | { |
| 5769 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 5770 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 5771 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 | my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE); |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
| 5778 | just by the event that we get from the server. |
| 5779 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting |
| 5780 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, |
| 5781 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ |
| 5782 | f->visible = 0; |
| 5783 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; |
| 5784 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 5785 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5788 | } |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 | void |
| 5793 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
| 5794 | struct frame *f; |
| 5795 | { |
| 5796 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 5799 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 5800 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | if (f->async_iconified) |
| 5803 | return; |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 5808 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 5809 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */ |
| 5812 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0); |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5815 | } |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | \f |
| 5818 | /* Free X resources of frame F. */ |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | void |
| 5821 | x_free_frame_resources (f) |
| 5822 | struct frame *f; |
| 5823 | { |
| 5824 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 5825 | |
| 5826 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)) |
| 5829 | my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel); |
| 5834 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel); |
| 5835 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel); |
| 5836 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel); |
| 5837 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->border_pixel); |
| 5838 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel); |
| 5839 | if (f->output_data.w32->white_relief.allocated_p) |
| 5840 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->white_relief.pixel); |
| 5841 | if (f->output_data.w32->black_relief.allocated_p) |
| 5842 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->black_relief.pixel); |
| 5843 | |
| 5844 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) |
| 5845 | free_frame_faces (f); |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | xfree (f->output_data.w32); |
| 5848 | f->output_data.w32 = NULL; |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 5851 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0; |
| 5852 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame) |
| 5853 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 5854 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 5855 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 5858 | { |
| 5859 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 5860 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 5861 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 5862 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 5863 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 5864 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 5865 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 5866 | } |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5869 | } |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 | /* Destroy the window of frame F. */ |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | x_destroy_window (f) |
| 5875 | struct frame *f; |
| 5876 | { |
| 5877 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | x_free_frame_resources (f); |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 | dpyinfo->reference_count--; |
| 5882 | } |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | \f |
| 5885 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
| 5888 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags |
| 5889 | that the window now has. |
| 5890 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition |
| 5891 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ |
| 5892 | void |
| 5893 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
| 5894 | struct frame *f; |
| 5895 | long flags; |
| 5896 | int user_position; |
| 5897 | { |
| 5898 | Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | enter_crit (); |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f)); |
| 5903 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)); |
| 5904 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); |
| 5905 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->scroll_bar_actual_width); |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 | leave_crit (); |
| 5908 | } |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | /* Window manager things */ |
| 5911 | void |
| 5912 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
| 5913 | struct frame *f; |
| 5914 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
| 5915 | { |
| 5916 | #if 0 |
| 5917 | Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
| 5920 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; |
| 5921 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
| 5924 | #endif |
| 5925 | } |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | \f |
| 5928 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5929 | Fonts |
| 5930 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 | /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step |
| 5933 | with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions. |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | x_get_font_info (f, font_idx) |
| 5936 | x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames) |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 | */ |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 5941 | |
| 5942 | /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's |
| 5943 | font table. */ |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | static void |
| 5946 | x_check_font (f, font) |
| 5947 | struct frame *f; |
| 5948 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 5949 | { |
| 5950 | int i; |
| 5951 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 5952 | |
| 5953 | xassert (font != NULL); |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 5956 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 5957 | && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font) |
| 5958 | break; |
| 5959 | |
| 5960 | xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts); |
| 5961 | } |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT. |
| 5966 | Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct |
| 5967 | min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that |
| 5968 | "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts |
| 5969 | have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */ |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | static INLINE void |
| 5972 | x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h) |
| 5973 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 5974 | int *w, *h; |
| 5975 | { |
| 5976 | /* |
| 5977 | * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only |
| 5978 | * average and maximum width, and maximum height. |
| 5979 | */ |
| 5980 | *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 5981 | *w = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 5982 | } |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 | /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over |
| 5986 | all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width |
| 5987 | and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to |
| 5988 | the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or |
| 5989 | smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */ |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 | int |
| 5992 | x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f) |
| 5993 | struct frame *f; |
| 5994 | { |
| 5995 | int i; |
| 5996 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 5997 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 5998 | int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width; |
| 5999 | int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height; |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000; |
| 6002 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000; |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) |
| 6005 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name) |
| 6006 | { |
| 6007 | struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; |
| 6008 | int w, h; |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font; |
| 6011 | xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0); |
| 6012 | x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h); |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h); |
| 6015 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w); |
| 6016 | } |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0 |
| 6019 | && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0); |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1 |
| 6022 | || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width |
| 6023 | || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height); |
| 6024 | } |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step |
| 6027 | with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions. |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | x_load_font (f, fontname, size) |
| 6030 | x_query_font (f, fontname) |
| 6031 | x_find_ccl_program (fontp) |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 | */ |
| 6034 | \f |
| 6035 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 6036 | Initialization |
| 6037 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 | static int w32_initialized = 0; |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | void |
| 6042 | w32_initialize_display_info (display_name) |
| 6043 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 6044 | { |
| 6045 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 | bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo)); |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 | /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */ |
| 6050 | w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil), |
| 6051 | w32_display_name_list); |
| 6052 | dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list); |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | dpyinfo->w32_id_name |
| 6055 | = (char *) xmalloc (SCHARS (Vinvocation_name) |
| 6056 | + SCHARS (Vsystem_name) |
| 6057 | + 2); |
| 6058 | sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s", |
| 6059 | SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name)); |
| 6060 | |
| 6061 | /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode |
| 6062 | with values obtained from system metrics. */ |
| 6063 | dpyinfo->resx = 1; |
| 6064 | dpyinfo->resy = 1; |
| 6065 | dpyinfo->height_in = 1; |
| 6066 | dpyinfo->width_in = 1; |
| 6067 | dpyinfo->n_planes = 1; |
| 6068 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4; |
| 6069 | dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; |
| 6070 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1; |
| 6071 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1; |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 6074 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 6075 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID; |
| 6076 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 6077 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil; |
| 6078 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0; |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); |
| 6081 | /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */ |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | } |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | /* Create an xrdb-style database of resources to supercede registry settings. |
| 6086 | The database is just a concatenation of C strings, finished by an additional |
| 6087 | \0. The string are submitted to some basic normalization, so |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | [ *]option[ *]:[ *]value... |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 | becomes |
| 6092 | |
| 6093 | option:value... |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 | but any whitespace following value is not removed. */ |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | static char * |
| 6098 | w32_make_rdb (xrm_option) |
| 6099 | char *xrm_option; |
| 6100 | { |
| 6101 | char *buffer = xmalloc (strlen (xrm_option) + 2); |
| 6102 | char *current = buffer; |
| 6103 | char ch; |
| 6104 | int in_option = 1; |
| 6105 | int before_value = 0; |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 | do { |
| 6108 | ch = *xrm_option++; |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | if (ch == '\n') |
| 6111 | { |
| 6112 | *current++ = '\0'; |
| 6113 | in_option = 1; |
| 6114 | before_value = 0; |
| 6115 | } |
| 6116 | else if (ch != ' ') |
| 6117 | { |
| 6118 | *current++ = ch; |
| 6119 | if (in_option && (ch == ':')) |
| 6120 | { |
| 6121 | in_option = 0; |
| 6122 | before_value = 1; |
| 6123 | } |
| 6124 | else if (before_value) |
| 6125 | { |
| 6126 | before_value = 0; |
| 6127 | } |
| 6128 | } |
| 6129 | else if (!(in_option || before_value)) |
| 6130 | { |
| 6131 | *current++ = ch; |
| 6132 | } |
| 6133 | } while (ch); |
| 6134 | |
| 6135 | *current = '\0'; |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | return buffer; |
| 6138 | } |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 | struct w32_display_info * |
| 6141 | w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
| 6142 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 6143 | char *xrm_option; |
| 6144 | char *resource_name; |
| 6145 | { |
| 6146 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6147 | HDC hdc; |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 | if (!w32_initialized) |
| 6152 | { |
| 6153 | w32_initialize (); |
| 6154 | w32_initialized = 1; |
| 6155 | } |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 | w32_initialize_display_info (display_name); |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 | dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 6160 | |
| 6161 | dpyinfo->xrdb = xrm_option ? w32_make_rdb (xrm_option) : NULL; |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | /* Put this display on the chain. */ |
| 6164 | dpyinfo->next = x_display_list; |
| 6165 | x_display_list = dpyinfo; |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 | hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ()); |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 | dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES); |
| 6170 | dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES); |
| 6171 | dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow (); |
| 6172 | dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES); |
| 6173 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL); |
| 6174 | dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX); |
| 6175 | dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY); |
| 6176 | dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE; |
| 6177 | dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache (); |
| 6178 | dpyinfo->height_in = dpyinfo->height / dpyinfo->resx; |
| 6179 | dpyinfo->width_in = dpyinfo->width / dpyinfo->resy; |
| 6180 | ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc); |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | /* initialise palette with white and black */ |
| 6183 | { |
| 6184 | XColor color; |
| 6185 | w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1); |
| 6186 | w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1); |
| 6187 | } |
| 6188 | |
| 6189 | /* Create Fringe Bitmaps and store them for later use. |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | On W32, bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires |
| 6192 | bitmap data to be Word aligned. For some reason they are |
| 6193 | horizontally reflected compared to how they appear on X, so we |
| 6194 | need to bitswap and convert to unsigned shorts before creating |
| 6195 | the bitmaps. */ |
| 6196 | w32_init_fringe (); |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
| 6199 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
| 6200 | #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG |
| 6201 | /* stdin is a socket here */ |
| 6202 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); |
| 6203 | #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 6204 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); |
| 6205 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 6206 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ |
| 6207 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
| 6208 | |
| 6209 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 6210 | if (interrupt_input) |
| 6211 | init_sigio (connection); |
| 6212 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | return dpyinfo; |
| 6217 | } |
| 6218 | \f |
| 6219 | /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */ |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | void |
| 6222 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo) |
| 6223 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6224 | { |
| 6225 | /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list. |
| 6226 | We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */ |
| 6227 | if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list) |
| 6228 | && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 6229 | w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list); |
| 6230 | else |
| 6231 | { |
| 6232 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 6233 | |
| 6234 | tail = w32_display_name_list; |
| 6235 | while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail))) |
| 6236 | { |
| 6237 | if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 6238 | { |
| 6239 | XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail))); |
| 6240 | break; |
| 6241 | } |
| 6242 | tail = XCDR (tail); |
| 6243 | } |
| 6244 | } |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | /* free palette table */ |
| 6247 | { |
| 6248 | struct w32_palette_entry * plist; |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | plist = dpyinfo->color_list; |
| 6251 | while (plist) |
| 6252 | { |
| 6253 | struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist; |
| 6254 | plist = plist->next; |
| 6255 | xfree (pentry); |
| 6256 | } |
| 6257 | dpyinfo->color_list = NULL; |
| 6258 | if (dpyinfo->palette) |
| 6259 | DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette); |
| 6260 | } |
| 6261 | xfree (dpyinfo->font_table); |
| 6262 | xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name); |
| 6263 | |
| 6264 | w32_reset_fringes (); |
| 6265 | } |
| 6266 | \f |
| 6267 | /* Set up use of W32. */ |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | DWORD w32_msg_worker (); |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | void |
| 6272 | x_flush (struct frame * f) |
| 6273 | { /* Nothing to do */ } |
| 6274 | |
| 6275 | extern frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers[]; |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 | static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface = |
| 6278 | { |
| 6279 | w32_frame_parm_handlers, |
| 6280 | x_produce_glyphs, |
| 6281 | x_write_glyphs, |
| 6282 | x_insert_glyphs, |
| 6283 | x_clear_end_of_line, |
| 6284 | x_scroll_run, |
| 6285 | x_after_update_window_line, |
| 6286 | x_update_window_begin, |
| 6287 | x_update_window_end, |
| 6288 | x_cursor_to, |
| 6289 | x_flush, |
| 6290 | 0, /* flush_display_optional */ |
| 6291 | x_clear_window_mouse_face, |
| 6292 | w32_get_glyph_overhangs, |
| 6293 | x_fix_overlapping_area, |
| 6294 | w32_draw_fringe_bitmap, |
| 6295 | w32_define_fringe_bitmap, |
| 6296 | w32_destroy_fringe_bitmap, |
| 6297 | w32_per_char_metric, |
| 6298 | w32_encode_char, |
| 6299 | NULL, /* w32_compute_glyph_string_overhangs */ |
| 6300 | x_draw_glyph_string, |
| 6301 | w32_define_frame_cursor, |
| 6302 | w32_clear_frame_area, |
| 6303 | w32_draw_window_cursor, |
| 6304 | w32_draw_vertical_window_border, |
| 6305 | w32_shift_glyphs_for_insert |
| 6306 | }; |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | void |
| 6309 | w32_initialize () |
| 6310 | { |
| 6311 | rif = &w32_redisplay_interface; |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 | /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and |
| 6314 | so we must explicitly cast them. */ |
| 6315 | clear_frame_hook = (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame; |
| 6316 | ring_bell_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell; |
| 6317 | update_begin_hook = x_update_begin; |
| 6318 | update_end_hook = x_update_end; |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket; |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 | frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date; |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position; |
| 6325 | frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight; |
| 6326 | frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower; |
| 6327 | set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar; |
| 6328 | condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars; |
| 6329 | redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar; |
| 6330 | judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars; |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ |
| 6333 | char_ins_del_ok = 1; |
| 6334 | line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ |
| 6335 | fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ |
| 6336 | memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls |
| 6337 | off the bottom */ |
| 6338 | baud_rate = 19200; |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 | w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL; |
| 6341 | w32_system_caret_height = 0; |
| 6342 | w32_system_caret_x = 0; |
| 6343 | w32_system_caret_y = 0; |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | /* Initialize w32_use_visible_system_caret based on whether a screen |
| 6346 | reader is in use. */ |
| 6347 | if (!SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETSCREENREADER, 0, |
| 6348 | &w32_use_visible_system_caret, 0)) |
| 6349 | w32_use_visible_system_caret = 0; |
| 6350 | |
| 6351 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 6352 | any_help_event_p = 0; |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow |
| 6355 | 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */ |
| 6356 | Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil); |
| 6357 | |
| 6358 | /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */ |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 | init_crit (); |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 | dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId (); |
| 6363 | DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (), |
| 6364 | GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS); |
| 6365 | |
| 6366 | /* Wait for thread to start */ |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | { |
| 6369 | MSG msg; |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE); |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0, |
| 6374 | (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker, |
| 6375 | 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId); |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE); |
| 6378 | } |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of |
| 6381 | focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the |
| 6382 | following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what |
| 6383 | we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console |
| 6384 | program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so |
| 6385 | instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API |
| 6386 | calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus |
| 6387 | window state. */ |
| 6388 | #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 6389 | AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE); |
| 6390 | #endif |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */ |
| 6393 | { |
| 6394 | HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll"); |
| 6395 | UINT smoothing_type; |
| 6396 | BOOL smoothing_enabled; |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 | #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn) |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */ |
| 6401 | LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo); |
| 6402 | LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo); |
| 6403 | |
| 6404 | #undef LOAD_PROC |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | FreeLibrary (user_lib); |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels; |
| 6409 | otherwise use the fixed height. */ |
| 6410 | vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 : |
| 6411 | GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB); |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 | /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these |
| 6414 | effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */ |
| 6415 | vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border |
| 6416 | = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL); |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | /* Constants that are not always defined by the system headers |
| 6419 | since they only exist on certain versions of Windows. */ |
| 6420 | #ifndef SPI_GETFONTSMOOTHING |
| 6421 | #define SPI_GETFONTSMOOTHING 0x4A |
| 6422 | #endif |
| 6423 | #ifndef SPI_GETFONTSMOOTHINGTYPE |
| 6424 | #define SPI_GETFONTSMOOTHINGTYPE 0x0200A |
| 6425 | #endif |
| 6426 | #ifndef FE_FONTSMOOTHINGCLEARTYPE |
| 6427 | #define FE_FONTSMOOTHINGCLEARTYPE 0x2 |
| 6428 | #endif |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | /* Determine if Cleartype is in use. Used to enable a hack in |
| 6431 | the char metric calculations which adds extra pixels to |
| 6432 | compensate for the "sub-pixels" that are not counted by the |
| 6433 | system APIs. */ |
| 6434 | cleartype_active = |
| 6435 | SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETFONTSMOOTHING, 0, &smoothing_enabled, 0) |
| 6436 | && smoothing_enabled |
| 6437 | && SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETFONTSMOOTHINGTYPE, 0, &smoothing_type, 0) |
| 6438 | && smoothing_type == FE_FONTSMOOTHINGCLEARTYPE; |
| 6439 | } |
| 6440 | } |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 | void |
| 6443 | syms_of_w32term () |
| 6444 | { |
| 6445 | staticpro (&w32_display_name_list); |
| 6446 | w32_display_name_list = Qnil; |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 6449 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms); |
| 6452 | Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms"); |
| 6453 | |
| 6454 | DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons", |
| 6455 | &w32_num_mouse_buttons, |
| 6456 | doc: /* Number of physical mouse buttons. */); |
| 6457 | w32_num_mouse_buttons = 2; |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons", |
| 6460 | &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons, |
| 6461 | doc: /* Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons. |
| 6462 | When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3. */); |
| 6463 | Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil; |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise", |
| 6466 | &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise, |
| 6467 | doc: /* Raised frame grabs input focus. |
| 6468 | When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well |
| 6469 | with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be |
| 6470 | desirable when using a point-to-focus policy. */); |
| 6471 | Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt; |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock", |
| 6474 | &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock, |
| 6475 | doc: /* Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys. |
| 6476 | When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys. */); |
| 6477 | Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil; |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr", |
| 6480 | &Vw32_recognize_altgr, |
| 6481 | doc: /* Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr. |
| 6482 | When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is |
| 6483 | interpreted normally. */); |
| 6484 | Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt; |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output", |
| 6487 | &w32_enable_unicode_output, |
| 6488 | doc: /* Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil. |
| 6489 | Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying |
| 6490 | Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly. |
| 6491 | NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no |
| 6492 | affect on NT machines. */); |
| 6493 | w32_enable_unicode_output = 1; |
| 6494 | |
| 6495 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-use-visible-system-caret", |
| 6496 | &w32_use_visible_system_caret, |
| 6497 | doc: /* Flag to make the system caret visible. |
| 6498 | When this is non-nil, Emacs will indicate the position of point by |
| 6499 | using the system caret instead of drawing its own cursor. Some screen |
| 6500 | reader software does not track the system cursor properly when it is |
| 6501 | invisible, and gets confused by Emacs drawing its own cursor, so this |
| 6502 | variable is initialized to t when Emacs detects that screen reader |
| 6503 | software is running as it starts up. |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 | When this variable is set, other variables affecting the appearance of |
| 6506 | the cursor have no effect. */); |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 | w32_use_visible_system_caret = 0; |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 | /* We don't yet support this, but defining this here avoids whining |
| 6511 | from cus-start.el and other places, like "M-x set-variable". */ |
| 6512 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties", |
| 6513 | &x_use_underline_position_properties, |
| 6514 | doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. |
| 6515 | nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus |
| 6516 | UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior |
| 6517 | to 4.1, set this to nil. |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | NOTE: Not supported on MS-Windows yet. */); |
| 6520 | x_use_underline_position_properties = 0; |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars, |
| 6523 | doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */); |
| 6524 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt; |
| 6525 | |
| 6526 | staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame); |
| 6527 | last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil; |
| 6528 | } |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 | /* arch-tag: 5fa70624-ab86-499c-8a85-473958ee4646 |
| 6531 | (do not change this comment) */ |